FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES INC
10-K, 1998-04-08
AIRCRAFT & PARTS
Previous: POINT WEST CAPITAL CORP, 5/A, 1998-04-08
Next: PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT INC, DEF 14A, 1998-04-08






                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                   FORM 10-KSB


               [X] ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997

                                       OR

             [ ] TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                         Commission file number 0-21818

                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.
                          ----------------------------
           (Name of small business issuer as specified in its charter)

                   Utah                            95-4218263
                   ----                            ----------
     (State or other jurisdiction of            (I.R.S. Employer 
      incorporation or organization)             Identification No.)

                               2251-A Ward Avenue
                          Simi Valley, California 93065
                          -----------------------------
                    (Address of principal executive offices)
         Issuer's telephone number, including area code: (805) 583-0080

    Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: None

Securities  registered  pursuant to Section  12(g) of the Exchange  Act:  Common
shares, par value $.05 per share

     Check whether the issuer (1) has filed all reports  required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during the past 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the  registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2)
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X  No
                                                                      ---   ---
     Check if there is no disclosure  of  delinquent  filers in response to Item
405 of  Regulation  S-B  contained  in  this  form,  and no  disclosure  will be
contained,  to the  best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB
or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB.  X
                                      ---  
     The  issuer's  revenues  for the fiscal year ended  December  31, 1997 were
$12,101,000.

     As of December 31,  1997,  2,079,571  of the  issuer's  common  shares were
issued  and  outstanding,   approximately   1,295,404  of  which  were  held  by
non-affiliates.  As of March 24, 1998, the aggregate market value of shares held
by non-affiliates was approximately $12,954,040.  The issuer believes that three
shareholders who owned approximately  13.6%, 12.8% and 7.9%,  respectively as of
March 31, 1998 of the total shares issued and  outstanding are not affiliates of
the issuer since they do not participate in management decisions.

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

     Certain  portions of the  documents  of the issuer  listed  below have been
incorporated by reference into the indicated parts of the Form 10-KSB:

     Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy Statement anticipated to
     be filed within 120 days after December 31, 1997 . . . Part III, Items 9-12

          Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format: Yes     No  X 
                                                             ---    ---
<PAGE>

                                     PART I.

The following Item 1 "BUSINESS" includes statements that relate to future plans,
financial results or projections,  events or performance,  including  statements
with respect to future business potential.  These are forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Such statements
are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ
materially.  Actual results may differ from such forward-looking statements as a
result of a number of factors,  including but not limited to competitive factors
and pricing  pressures,  ability to obtain necessary  capital or financing,  the
price  and  availability  of  aircraft  parts and  other  materials,  successful
execution of Fields  Aircraft  Spares,  Inc.'s (the  "Company")  expansion plans
including combining the business of the completed acquisition with the Company's
business  and  successful  completion  of  additional  acquisitions,  failure to
maintain  existing  customer or vendor  relationships,  shifts in market demand,
general economic conditions and other risks and uncertainties  discussed in this
and other periodic reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
- -----------------
Development of the Company
- --------------------------

         The primary business of the Company is the distribution and stocking of
factory new spare parts applicable to various commercial aircraft models and the
brokerage of a wide variety of new and reconditioned  aircraft parts through its
subsidiary  Fields  Aircraft  Spares  Incorporated,   a  California  corporation
("FAS").  The Company has, through a subsidiary  acquired in January 1998, begun
to manufacture,  on a selected basis,  certain aircraft spare parts.  Flightways
Manufacturing,  Inc.  ("Flightways"),  which the Company acquired,  manufactures
plastic replacement parts for aircraft cabin interiors.  The Company has entered
into  a  letter  of  intent  to  acquire  Skylock  Industries  Incorporated,   a
manufacturer  of hardware  and  retaining  devices for aircraft  interiors,  and
intends to acquire other aircraft cabin interior parts manufacturing companies.

         In 1984,  the Company was organized as FEP Resources,  Inc.,  under the
laws of the State of Utah. In 1985,  the Company was renamed  Fields  Industrial
Group,  Inc.  and  acquired  Fields  Industrial   Supply,   Inc.,  a  California
corporation  that was engaged in the sale of cutting tools and  supplies.  As of
1990, that business was  discontinued.  In 1987, the Company began  distributing
aircraft  parts.  In  1988,  the  Company  incorporated  FAS as a  wholly  owned
subsidiary. In 1995, McDonnell Douglas Corporation (together with its affiliates
and/or  divisions,  "MDC") acquired Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock of FAS
which  converted to common shares of the Company in 1997.  In 1995,  the Company
changed its name to Fields Aircraft Spares, Inc.

         On March 29, 1995,  the Company's  shareholders  authorized the reverse
split of the  Company's  common shares on the basis of 50 old shares for one new
share. The reverse split was effective as of November 20, 1995.

         All material aspects of the Company's business other than manufacturing
are  conducted  through  FAS.   Manufacturing  is  currently  conducted  through
Flightways and future manufacturing is expected to be conducted in subsidiaries.
The business of the Company as conducted  through FAS and Flightways is referred

                                        2
<PAGE>

to in this  document as the Company's  business.  References in this document to
the Company, where appropriate,  shall be deemed to be references to the Company
and its subsidiaries, collectively.

The Industry
- ------------

         According  to The Boeing  Company  ("Boeing"),  in their  1997  Current
Market  Outlook,  the world  jetliner  fleet is  projected  to grow from  11,500
airplanes at the end of 1996 to nearly 17,000 airplanes in 2006.  Boeing expects
this increase to be driven by an expected 5.5% per year growth in air travel and
6.6% in air cargo.

         In  its  23rd  annual   aviation   forecast,   the   Federal   Aviation
Administration  (the "FAA") projects that U.S.  airline  passenger  traffic will
increase  3.5% in 1998 and that it will  continue to grow at an average  rate of
3.7% through 2009. Further, the FAA projects  international  traffic to and from
the United States by foreign and domestic carriers will increase by 5.5% in 1998
with an average growth rate of 5.8% through 2009.

         Industry  analysts have  estimated that 70% of cargo growth will be met
by  converting  aging  passenger  fleets  to  cargo  configurations.  Management
believes the number of 10 year and older planes in service continues to climb as
cost considerations in an intensely competitive  environment favor the "used and
convert  instead  of  new"  purchase  decision.  This  has  contributed  to  the
absorption  of  surplus  aircraft  parts  and  inventories  at a faster  rate as
airlines extend aircraft utilization and convert aircraft into alternative uses.

         The Company believes that all of these trends provide the underpinnings
to the long-term growth of the aircraft spare parts industry.

Business of the Company
- -----------------------

         Through  December 31, 1997, the primary business of the Company was the
distribution  and  stocking  of factory new spare  parts  applicable  to various
commercial  aircraft  models  and the  brokerage  of a wide  variety  of new and
reconditioned  aircraft  parts  through  FAS.  The  Company's  business has been
concentrated  in  the  distribution  and  stocking,  as  an  authorized  factory
distributor for various manufacturers, of cabin interior replacement parts for a
wide variety of commercial  aircraft  models.  The Company also distributes from
what it  believes to be the  largest  inventory,  outside of MDC, of factory new
parts  for  DC-8,  DC-9,  DC-10  and  MD-80  aircraft.  It  also  purchases  and
distributes  both  new and  used  parts  and  related  equipment  from  aircraft
manufacturers  for Boeing,  McDonnell  Douglas and Airbus aircraft.  The Company
sells, exchanges or leases parts to commercial aircraft operators servicing both
the  passenger  and  cargo  markets,  to  overhaul  facilities  and  to  brokers
throughout the world.

         In January 1998,  the Company,  through the  acquisition of Flightways,
expanded into the business of  manufacturing  aircraft cabin interior parts. The
Company   has  signed  a  letter  of  intent  to  acquire   Skylock   Industries
Incorporated, and intends to acquire additional strategic manufacturing entities
that will enhance the Company's ability to compete. In 1998, the Company expects
that its business will be concentrated in the manufacturing and the distribution
and stocking, as an authorized factory distributor for various manufacturers, of
cabin  interior  replacement  parts for a wide  variety of  commercial  aircraft
models.

                                        3
<PAGE>

         Distributorships
         ----------------

         The Company provides distribution services for manufacturers ("OEM") of
aircraft  aftermarket  replacement spare parts. The Company  concentrates on the
stocking  and  distributing  of  interior  cabin  parts  and  is  an  authorized
distributor  for a number of OEMs providing  replacement  parts for  lavatories,
galleys,  seats, interior latches, tray tables,  lighting and cleaning products.
The  Company  primarily  sells these parts to major air  carriers  and  overhaul
facilities. In some cases, the Company has agreements or purchasing arrangements
designating it as the sole or primary source for specific replacement parts. The
Company's  acquisition  strategy as set forth below is also focused on acquiring
selected manufacturers and distributing its own manufactured parts.

         The Company  provides  inventory  management and supply services to air
carriers and aircraft overhaul facilities. By working closely with customers and
aircraft  maintenance  records,  the Company forecasts  replacement part demand,
purchases  estimated  demand from the OEMs,  inventories  the parts  pending the
order,  and then  supplies the parts to the customers on a  just-in-time  basis.
This  service  allows the  customers to reduce the cost of carrying and managing
inventory.  Further,  by consolidating  orders,  the Company is able to purchase
from OEMs at favorable  prices,  allowing it to sell to its  customers at prices
often below those available to the customer when buying direct from the OEM.

         During 1997,  the Company  served as the  exclusive  source of specific
replacement  parts for galleys,  lavatories and seats for two major airlines and
one regional  carrier.  The Company is in varying stages of negotiations  with a
number of other airlines to become their  exclusive  source of various  interior
replacements parts. No formal agreements have been reached with other airlines.

         As of December 31, 1997, backlog of distributorship orders for shipment
in 1998, which the Company believes to be firm, was approximately  $2.3 million.
There was backlog of approximately $1.6 million of distributorship  orders as of
December 31, 1996.

         McDonnell Douglas Components and Parts
         --------------------------------------

         The Company  believes that it has the largest  factory new inventory of
DC-8,  DC-9, DC- 10 and MD-80 parts outside of MDC. This  inventory  consists of
over $70  Million,  catalog  value,  of factory new spare  parts and  components
purchased directly from MDC in 1989 and 1991. MDC inventory is generally sold at
a discount to catalog value.  The total future  discount to catalog value cannot
be quantified at this time.

         An important factor in the aircraft spare parts distribution  market is
the  documentation or traceability that is supplied with an aircraft spare part.
MDC has re-certified the Company's MDC inventory as directly  traceable to their
production  certificate,  and it is the  only  inventory  known  to the  Company
outside  of  MDC's  direct  control  that  has been  certified  to allow  MDC to
repurchase  and ship to customers  without  having to go through  their  quality
control department for a source inspection.

         Based upon its market research, the Company believes that in many cases
parts in this inventory are the only new material and in many cases are the only
material available in any condition.

                                        4
<PAGE>

         Once the Company's MDC inventory is depleted,  this segment of business
will no longer be a revenue source for the Company.

         Brokerage Activities
         --------------------

         The Company  receives  inquiries  from its customers for parts that are
not currently  held in its  inventory.  The  salesperson  receiving this request
checks a computerized  industry  database known as the Inventory Locator Service
("ILS")  and  utilizes  the  knowledge  of the Company and its staff to locate a
suitable  part.  Once located,  a purchase price is agreed with the owner of the
part. At that time, the sales person  contacts the customer and extends a quote.
If the quote is accepted by the customer,  the part is purchased and shipment to
the Company's  warehouse is arranged.  When received at the warehouse,  both the
part  and  its  accompanying  paperwork  are  inspected.  After  inspection  and
acceptance, the part is shipped to the customer.

         Because of government and industry group guidelines, aircraft operators
have become  increasingly  careful from whom they buy parts. The Company has had
its quality control systems and procedures  audited and evaluated by MDC as well
as by a number of major airlines and freight operators.  Almost every major U.S.
airline,  freight  operator and overhaul  facility has designated the Company as
either an approved or preferred  vendor.  This preferred  status has enabled the
Company to act as a broker to purchase  parts for airlines when the Company does
not have the parts in stock.

         Because parts for brokerage  are not  purchased  until a  corresponding
sale has been made, it is less capital  intensive  than the purchase and sale of
inventory. Brokerage allows incremental increases in sales without corresponding
increases in overhead.

         New Material Acquisition
         ------------------------

         The Company uses  information  provided by its  customers  and industry
research to identify new parts and materials that  customers have  difficulty in
obtaining on short notice.  The Company then stocks  inventories  of these items
and makes them  available to its  customers on a  just-in-time  basis as well as
through the ILS.

         Manufacturing
         -------------

         Through  Flightways,  acquired in 1998, the Company  manufacturers high
quality  plastic  replacement  components  for  commercial  aircraft  seats  and
interiors,  including  foodtrays,  latches,  shrouds,  panels,  armcaps,  bumper
strips, escutcheons,  and components for lavatories,  galleys, cockpits, windows
and overhead units. The Company sells new parts to aircraft manufacturers and to
airlines and aircraft repair facilities.  Also, through its repair station,  the
Company overhauls and repairs seats, seating components, carts and modules.

         The customers of Flightways  include U.S.  domestic airlines as well as
an increasing number of international carriers. The Company intends to initially
operate Flightways out of its Van Nuys,  California,  facility.  The Company may
eventually consolidate its corporate headquarters with that of Flightways into a
larger  facility.  The  Company  will  deliver  the  products  and  services  of
Flightways through the Company's distribution system.

                                        5
<PAGE>

         On January 20,  1998,  the Company  entered  into a letter of intent to
acquire  100% of the  outstanding  shares  of  Skylock  Industries  Incorporated
("Skylock").  Skylock is a designer and  manufacturer  of hardware and retaining
devices for aircraft interiors.  Skylock focuses on using advanced  technologies
and  manufacturing  methods to optimize  such critical  elements as  appearance,
weight,  ease of use and security.  The acquisition of Skylock is subject to the
entering of a definitive agreement and verification of factual matters. There is
no assurance the acquisition of Skylock will be completed.

         Consignments
         ------------

         In 1995, the Company entered into a three-year consignment  arrangement
to  warehouse  and market  spare  parts for  Airweld  of  Kentucky,  Inc.  Other
consignment arrangements are currently under negotiation, although no assurances
can  be  made  that  the  Company  will  be  successful   in  completing   those
negotiations.   Under  such  consignment  arrangements,  the  consignor  retains
ownership and the Company arranges the sales for the consignor.

         Parts warehoused by the Company under consignment arrangements are also
listed by the Company in the SPEC 2000 and the ILS  computerized  databanks.  In
addition, the Company adds the consignment inventories to the inventory listings
that it provides its customers in computer readable form.

Business Growth Strategy
- ------------------------

         The Company intends to pursue the following areas of growth:

         Obtain Additional  Distributorships.  The Company intends to pursue and
secure   additional   distributorships   with  other   aircraft  cabin  interior
manufacturers.  In addition,  the Company intends to expand its  distributorship
activities to other aircraft parts and systems.

         Acquisitions.  The aircraft  industry is populated by a large number of
small manufacturing  companies  providing a variety of parts and services.  With
the worldwide  demand for aircraft  increasing  and the growth in outsourcing by
air carriers,  along with their desire to reduce the number of vendors they deal
with,  the Company  believes  there is  significant  opportunity to grow through
acquisition.

         Capitalize on Authorized Vendor Status. The Company has been authorized
as a  vendor  of  record  by most  major  air  carriers  and  aircraft  overhaul
facilities.  This  provides  the  opportunity  to  expand  sales  with  existing
customers,  as those  customers  work to reduce the number of vendors  they deal
with. Also, as the owner of what management believes to be the largest inventory
of factory new MDC parts outside of MDC,  customers would be reluctant to remove
the Company as a vendor, which gives the Company a marketing  advantage over the
competition.

         Brokerage. The increasing population of aircraft in service is expected
to increase the demand for parts.  With its  relationships in the industry,  its
status as a vendor to most major air carriers and its reputation for quality and
service,  the Company  intends to take advantage of this growing  segment of the
market.

                                        6
<PAGE>

         Expand new parts and material  sales.  The Company  intends to increase
inventories  of parts that  customers  have trouble  obtaining on a timely basis
with the goal of providing complete inventory  management and supply services to
air carriers.

Operations
- ----------

         The Company maintains an inventory  consisting primarily of factory new
aircraft  spare parts in its  warehouse in Fillmore,  California.  The Company's
inventory  is listed in two  computerized  data banks that are  available to the
airline industry:  SPEC 2000 and the ILS. The Company pays a fee to be listed on
such  systems and  continually  updates the  Company  information  listed on the
systems to keep them  current.  In addition,  the Company  provides an inventory
listing in computer  readable form to many of its major  customers.  The Company
receives orders for spare parts from  commercial  aircraft  operators  servicing
both the passenger and cargo markets, from overhaul facilities and from brokers.
The Company currently has seven full-time inside  salespersons and six full-time
outside   salespersons.   Additionally,   the  Company  is   represented  on  an
international basis by a number of independent outside general sales agents.

         Orders for parts in inventory are filled and shipped, 24 hours per day,
F.O.B.  from the  warehouse,  generally  within five hours of the receipt of the
order.  The Company  believes that a quick  turn-around  time,  between an order
being  taken  and the part  being  delivered,  is a key  service  for  which the
customer is willing to pay.  Reducing the time that an aircraft is on the ground
is a  major  advantage  the  Company  offers  to its  customers.  The  Company's
warehouse  is 60  minutes  from  Los  Angeles  International  Airport  and has a
delivery service to the airport.  In addition,  the Company utilizes  commercial
cargo carriers to deliver spare parts to the Los Angeles  airport and around the
world. The Company  emphasizes its ability to respond quickly in obtaining parts
for its customers.

         The  Company's  business  exposes it to  possible  claims for  personal
injury or death which may result from the failure of an aircraft spare part sold
or  manufactured  by it.  While the  Company  maintains  what it  believes to be
adequate  liability  insurance  to  protect  it from such  claims,  and while no
material claims have, to date, been made against the Company no assurance can be
given that claims will not arise in the future or that such  insurance  coverage
will be adequate.

Pricing
- -------

         The  price at which  the  Company  sells  parts  is based  upon  market
competition.

Marketing
- ---------

         The  Company  currently  concentrates  its  marketing  efforts  in  the
following areas:

                  (i)   commercial  airlines servicing the passenger market; 
                  (ii)  commercial airlines servicing the cargo market;
                  (iii) aircraft leasing companies; and 
                  (iv)  overhaul facilities.

                                        7
<PAGE>

         As the Company expands into  manufacturing,  it intends to continue its
marketing  efforts in these areas and to add marketing efforts aimed directly at
OEM's.

         The Company has not conducted  any formal  market  studies to determine
the actual size of each of its current and any proposed markets, and relies upon
the experience of its officers and key employees for such judgments.

         The Company sells its products through three primary methods:

                  1. The use of its own sales staff which currently  includes 13
salespersons. This staff calls on customers and potential customers to determine
the needs of such  customers  and responds to incoming  calls.  Once the need is
determined, the order is then sent to the Company's warehouse.

                  2. The use of computerized parts database systems.

                  3. The use of exclusive and non-exclusive general sales agency
agreements.

         The  Company  has  developed   literature  and   advertising   material
describing the Company's products and services. The literature is distributed by
the  Company's  sales staff and  agents,  as well as by mail,  to  previous  and
current  customers,  persons who have  responded  to previous  advertising,  and
companies believed to be engaged in the relevant market.

         The Company  also uses media  advertising,  such as trade  journals and
technical  publications, directed  toward specific market segments. In addition,
the Company  attends  trade shows and puts on  exhibitions  directed to specific
market segments.

         During the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997,  two  customers of the
Company each  accounted  for more than 10% of sales.  No other  single  customer
accounted for more than 10% of the Company's sales. During the 1996 fiscal year,
one of the Company's customers accounted for more than 10% of sales.

         In an effort to increase  foreign sales,  the Company intends to engage
additional independent representatives to serve foreign markets.

Competition
- -----------

         The  Company  competes  with a number  of large and  small  sellers  of
aircraft spare parts in the aviation  after-market.  These  competitors  include
OEM's such as Boeing,  aircraft  service  companies  and  aircraft  spare  parts
redistributors.  The major aircraft service  companies and aircraft spares parts
redistributors with which the Company competes include AAR Corp., AGES, Aviation
Sales and The Memphis Group. For many of the Company's competitors,  the sale of
aircraft  spare  parts  is  only  a  part  of  larger  sales   operations.   The
manufacturing  segments of the aviation industry in which Flightways and Skylock
operate are  considered to be highly  fragmented  and  competitive.  Many of the
Company's  competitors are larger and more established than the Company and have
greater  financial  resources and larger  facilities and marketing  forces.  The
Company's increased emphasis during the past two years on  distributorships  and
its  current  expansion  into  manufacturing  has  exposed  the  Company  to new
competitors.

                                        8
<PAGE>

         Although the Company has not performed any market  survey  studies,  it
believes that industry  competition is based  primarily upon service,  price and
reputation of the supplier. The Company believes that it is competitive and that
it  enjoys a good  reputation.  There  can be no  assurance,  however,  that the
Company has, or can  maintain,  a  significant  competitive  advantage in any of
these areas.

Government Regulation
- ---------------------

         The  Company's  business is regulated in the United  States by the FAA.
The FAA has numerous regulations that must be complied with by the Company.

         The  Company is  subject to U.S.  federal  governmental  regulation  on
foreign sales of its products. Depending on the type of product, the Company may
be subject to review by various federal  agencies for a determination of whether
the specific product is a high technology product subject to restriction. Export
licenses may be denied for certain high technology products.  If such a decision
is rendered,  the Company may experience  substantial time delays and expense in
the  application  and approval of export  licenses.  If export  licenses are not
granted,  the Company  would be precluded  from selling such products in certain
foreign markets.

         The  Company's  sales in  foreign  countries  are  subject  to  various
applicable  foreign  governmental  regulations.  To date,  compliance  with such
regulations has not had a material adverse effect on the Company's operations.

Financing Arrangements
- ----------------------

         McDonnell Douglas Corporation Contracts
         ---------------------------------------

         In 1995, the Company and MDC entered into a Debt Restructure  Agreement
and related agreements  (collectively the "MDC Agreement") pursuant to which MDC
canceled  $7,658,500 of debt owed by the Company in exchange for 586,862  shares
of Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock of FAS (the  "Series A Shares") and a
cash payment of $850,000.

         In connection with the MDC Agreement,  the Company and MDC entered into
a  Securities  Exchange  Agreement  of even  date  with the MDC  Agreement  (the
"Exchange  Agreement").  The  Exchange  Agreement  provided  for  the  mandatory
exchange  of the Series A Shares for 25% of the  issued and  outstanding  common
shares of the Company on a fully diluted basis within 10 days following the date
on which the common  shares were  approved  for  quotation,  and were quoted for
trading  on. The  Nasdaq  Stock  Market(SM)  as a SmallCap  issue.  The  Company
exchanged  the MDC Series A Shares for 564,194  common  shares on April 4, 1997.
The Exchange  Agreement  further provided for the Company to register the common
shares issued to MDC in  connection  with the Exchange  Agreement  under certain
circumstances.

         Peter  Frohlich,  Alan Fields and Lawrence Troyna (each an affiliate of
the Company and collectively referred to as the "Fields' Group") and the Company
and MDC entered into a Voting Agreement of even date with the MDC Agreement (the
"Voting Agreement"). The Voting Agreement provides that MDC will vote the common

                                        9
<PAGE>

shares  owned  by MDC in favor  of  directors  proposed  by the  Fields'  Group,
provided MDC has the right to designate up to 25% of the  directors  proposed if
MDC so elects.

         Credit Arrangements
         -------------------

         In 1995,  the  Company,  through  FAS,  entered  into a line of  credit
arrangement   (the  "Credit   Agreement")  with  Norwest  Business  Credit  Inc.
("Norwest")  providing  originally  for a  line  of  credit  in  the  amount  of
$10,000,000  with interest payable monthly at 2.5% over the prime rate. In March
1997,  an Eighth  Amendment  to the  Credit  Agreement  was  entered  into which
permitted the Company to have outstanding $6,131,000.

         On April 18, 1997, the Company's wholly owned subsidiaries entered into
separate Loan and Security Agreements for an aggregate of up to $10,000,000 with
NationsCredit Commercial Funding ("NationsCredit") at an annual interest rate of
prime plus 3%. All assets of the  Company  and its  subsidiaries  are pledged as
collateral.  NationsCredit  advanced $6,717,000 on April 18, 1997 which was used
to repay the  obligations  owed to Norwest and other fees incurred in connection
with the NationsCredit loan facility.  In connection with the NationsCredit loan
facility,  the Company issued  NationsCredit  an option to acquire 40,000 common
shares of the Company at a price of $6.25 per share.

         In September 1997, the NationsCredit loan facility was amended to allow
the Company to issue 8.5%  Subordinated  Redeemable  Debentures  Due 2000 in the
principal amount of $10,000,000.

         In connection with the Norwest and NationsCredit credit facilities, the
Company  retained a  financial  advisor to assist the Company in  obtaining  and
closing the credit facilities. At the closing of each facility, the Company paid
the  financial  advisor a fee of  $200,000.  The  Company  also  entered  into a
contract  with the  financial  advisor in February  1995  whereby the  financial
advisor would provide ongoing  consulting to the Company.  The contract provided
for the  Company  to pay the  financial  advisor a  non-refundable  retainer  of
$150,000,  which was payable over the period of the contract. The agreement with
the financial advisor lapsed in February 1998.

Employees
- ---------

         At  December  31,  1997,  the Company had  approximately  33  full-time
employees.  Following the  acquisition of Flightways in January 1998, the number
of employees  increased to approximately  138 full-time  employees.  None of the
employees are unionized. Management is of the opinion that its relationship with
its employees is good.  Management  believes  that,  although  unemployment  has
dropped substaintially in the aviation industry, persons with requisite training
and experience are available to meet Company needs if and when necessary.

                                       10
<PAGE>

ITEM 2.  DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
- -------  -----------------------

         The executive offices of the Company are located at 2251-A Ward Avenue,
Simi  Valley,  California  and its  telephone  number  is  (805)  583-0080.  The
executive  office space  consists of  approximately  5,000 square feet of office
space  located in a  two-story  building.  The  offices are leased on a month to
month basis.

         The  Company's  warehouse  is  located  at 341  "A"  Street,  Fillmore,
California.  The warehouse  building was leased by the Company in 1988. In 1991,
the Company  exercised an option to purchase the  building.  The warehouse is an
older  produce-packing  building  of  wood  and  concrete  construction  with  a
high-ceiling  upper floor and a concrete  lower/basement  floor,  all clear span
except for wooden  pillar  supports.  The total  storage area for both floors is
83,600 sq. ft. Exterior open-air storage area (secured) is approximately  18,700
sq. ft. A modern  fire-prevention system with a ceiling water pressure sprinkler
system is installed on both floors.  A visual/aural  monitoring  security system
operates inside the building and in all the exterior  property  contained within
the fenced area.

         On  January  16,  1998,  the  Company   completed  its  acquisition  of
Flightways.  Flightways  operates in a  manufacturing  facility  located at 7660
Densmore Avenue, Van Nuys, California.  The manufacturing  facilities consist of
approximately  3,000  square  feet of office  space and  12,000  square  feet of
manufacturing space. The lease on the property expires July 31, 1999.

         Flightways  also leases  approximately  5,000 square feet of  warehouse
space located at 16153 Covello, Van Nuys,  California.  The space is leased on a
month to month basis.

         On March 21, 1997, the Company signed a lease effective  August 1, 1997
for  executive  offices  and  warehousing  space.   Subsequently,   the  Company
determined  that these  premises were too small for the Company and the premises
were sublet to a third party at a rent resulting in a small profit to Company.

         The Company  maintains an executive office located in London,  England.
The office is leased from a third party by Belgravia  Sales  Financial  Services
Limited, an entity owned and controlled by certain officers of the Company,  and
is  sublicensed  to the Company on a month to month basis at a monthly rental to
the Company of $2,150.  The  underlying  lease  expires  September of 1999.  See
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

                                       11
<PAGE>

         The following chart provides more detailed  information  concerning the
Company's properties:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Approximate Size
                                                  in
Location                                  Sq. Ft. of Facility           Lease Expiration                Primary Use
- --------                                  -------------------           ----------------                -----------
<S>                                            <C>                      <C>                        <C>                          
Simi Valley, California                          5,000                    month to month             Executive Offices


Fillmore, California                            83,600(1)                     owned                      Warehouse

Van Nuys, California                             15,000                       1999                     Manufacturing


Van Nuys, California                             5,000                   month to month                  Warehouse

London, England                                  1,000                   month to month              Executive Offices

Simi Valley, California                         24,000                        2002                    Sublet to Third
                                                                                                           Party
</TABLE>
(1)      Located on two acres.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
- -------  -----------------

         The Company is currently not a party to any known litigation.


ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
- -------  ---------------------------------------------------

         No matters were  submitted  during the fourth quarter of the year ended
December 31, 1997 to a vote of the Company's shareholders.


                                    PART II.

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR COMMON SHARES AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
- -------  --------------------------------------------------------

Market Information
- ------------------

         Until  May 17,  1996,  there  was no market  for the  Company's  common
shares.  The common  shares were quoted  over-the-counter  under the symbol FASS
until March 25, 1997.  Commencing  March 26, 1997, the common shares were quoted
on The Nasdaq Stock Market(SM) as a SmallCap issue under the symbol FASI.

         The Nasdaq  Stock  Market(SM),  which  began  operation in 1971, is the
world's first electronic  securities market and the fastest growing stock market
in the U.S.  Nasdaq utilizes  today's  information  technologies--computers  and
telecommunications--to  unite  its  participants  in a  screen-based,  floorless
market.  It enables market  participants to compete with each other for investor
orders in each Nasdaq security and, through the use of Nasdaq Workstation II(TM)
and  other  automated systems,  facilitates  the  trading  and  surveillance  of

                                       12
<PAGE>

thousands  of  securities.  This  competitive  marketplace,  along with the many
products and  services  available  to issuers and their  shareholders,  attracts
today's largest and fastest growing companies to Nasdaq.  These include industry
leaders in computers,  pharmaceuticals,  telecommunications,  biotechnology, and
financial  services.  More domestic and foreign companies list on Nasdaq than on
all other U.S. stock markets combined.

         The following table sets forth, for the fiscal quarters indicated,  the
high and low bid quotations as reported by the National  Quotation  Bureau until
March 25, 1997 and  thereafter  by The Nasdaq Stock Market(SM).  The  quotations
quoted by the National  Quotation  Bureau  reflect  inter-dealer  prices without
retail  mark-up,   mark-down  or  commission,   and  may  not  represent  actual
transactions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

================================================================================================================================
         Period                        1996                                                  1997

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           High Bid              Low Bid                 High Closing Price             Low Closing Price
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>                  <C>                            <C>                         <C>    
First Quarter               ---                   ---                         $  6.00**                      $2.50**
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Second Quarter            $ 6.50*              $  2.50*                          6.75                         5.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Third Quarter               5.00                  4.00                          11.50                         4.75
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fourth Quarter              5.00                  2.50                          14.00                         8.00
================================================================================================================================
         *        Beginning May 17, 1996
         **       From January 1, 1997 to March 25, 1997 prices represent the high and low bid.
                  Thereafter price represents the closing price on The Nasdaq Stock Market(SM)
</TABLE>

Shareholders.
- -------------

         At December 31,  1997,  the number of record  holders of the  Company's
common shares was  approximately  260. The Company  believes it has in excess of
300 round lot  shareholders  of  beneficial  interest  of the  Company's  common
shares. The Company has no outstanding preferred shares.

Dividends
- ---------

         The Company  utilizes all available funds for working capital  purposes
and has never paid a dividend.  Management does not anticipate  paying dividends
in the  foreseeable  future on common  shares.  In addition,  the Company's loan
arrangements  restrict  the  payment of  dividends  by the  subsidiaries  of the
Company. There are no preferred shares currently outstanding. In the future, the
Company may issue preferred shares which may pay dividends.

Issuance of Shares Without Registration
- ---------------------------------------

         During the fourth  quarter of the year ended  December  31,  1997,  the
Company  issued  the  following   securities  without   registration  under  the
Securities Act of 1933:

                                       13
<PAGE>

         As of September  30, 1997,  the Company  closed a private  placement of
$10,000,000 principal amount of 8.5% Subordinated Redeemable Debentures Due 2000
(the  "Debentures")  to non-United  States persons pursuant to Regulation S. The
holders of Debentures have a one-time right at any time after December 29, 1997,
through  September  27, 2000,  subject to prior  redemption  or  repurchase,  to
convert  up to 30%  (less  any  amounts  converted  pursuant  to  the  Mandatory
Conversion  described  below) of the principal  amount of Debentures into common
shares.  The conversion  price (the  "Conversion  Price") is equal to 85% of the
average  closing price of the Company's  common shares during the 20-trading day
period  ending on the date of notice of  conversion,  but in no event  less than
$12.00 per share, subject to certain  adjustments.  In the event that during any
20-trading day period,  the average closing price of the common shares equals or
exceeds $12.00 per share, the Company may require the conversion of up to 20% of
the  principal  amount  of  outstanding   Debentures  at  the  Conversion  Price
("Mandatory   Conversion").   Etablissement  Pour  le  Placement  Prive,  Zurich
Switzerland  ("EPP") acted as the Company's  placement  agent in connection with
the offering.  In addition to its commissions of 8% of the offering  price,  EPP
also  received  placement fee of $175,000 and 15,000  common  shares,  valued at
$172,500.  After  brokerage  and  issuance  costs,  the  sale of the  Debentures
resulted in a net infusion of capital of approximately $8,850,000.

         On October 13, 1997 the Company issued 5,000 common shares to EPP at an
agreed on value of $11.50 per share as part payment for consulting services.

         Pursuant to its  Mandatory  Conversion  right,  the  Company  converted
approximately  $2,000,000 principal amount of Debentures at the Conversion Price
of $12.00 per share.  Accordingly,  on November 14, 1997, 166,666 common shares,
at  $12.00  per  share,  were  issued  to  Debentureholders   and  approximately
$2,000,000 principal amount of Debentures were cancelled.

         As of February 20, 1998, the Company entered into a First  Supplemental
Indenture (the  "Supplement")  to the Indenture,  dated as of September 30, 1997
(the  "Indenture"),  between the  Company  and EPP, as Trustee,  relating to the
Company's  Debentures.  The  Supplement  provides  that,  solely at the holder's
option,  (a) from  February  20,  1998 to June 30,  1998,  20% of each  holder's
original principal amount of Debentures may be converted into common shares at a
conversion  price of $9.75 per  common  share;  (b) from  February  20,  1998 to
September 30, 1998, an additional 20% of each holder's original principal amount
of  Debentures  may be converted  into common  shares at a  conversion  price of
$11.00 per common share; and (c) from February 20, 1998 to December 31, 1998, an
additional 20% of each holder's  original  principal amount of Debentures may be
converted  into common shares at a conversion  price of $13.00 per common share.
EPP shall  receive a fee equal to 3% of all  amounts  converted  pursuant to the
Supplement.

         These  additional  conversion  amounts are in addition to the Mandatory
Conversion.  Pursuant  to the  Indenture,  an  additional  10%  of the  original
principal  amount of Debentures may be converted,  at the option of the holders,
prior to September 27, 2000.

                                       14
<PAGE>

ITEM 6.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operations
- ----------

         The  following  discussion  should  be read  in  conjunction  with  the
consolidated  financial statements and related notes thereto set forth elsewhere
in  this  Annual  Report.  The  following  tables  illustrate  certain  selected
financial information regarding the Company and its subsidiaries:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

Statement of Operations Data:                                   1997                    1996                     1995
                                                                ----                    ----                     ----
<S>                                                          <C>                      <C>                      <C>       
Sales                                                        $12,101,000              $5,734,000               $5,589,000
Net (loss) income                                            $ (147,000)              $(242,000)               $4,547,000
Net (loss) income per common share                                $(.07)                 $(0.13)                    $3.47
<CAPTION>

Balance Sheet Date: December 31,                                1997                    1996                     1995
                                                                ----                    ----                     ----
<S>                                                          <C>                     <C>                      <C>        
Total Assets                                                 $22,181,000             $11,499,000              $10,934,000
Current Liabilities                                           $1,535,000              $7,418,000               $8,533,000
Long Term Liabilities                                        $15,047,000                $268,000                      -0-
Minority Interest                                                  - 0 -                     -0-               $2,050,000
Shareholders' Equity                                          $5,599,000              $3,813,000                 $351,000
</TABLE>

Results of Operations
- ---------------------

         To date, the Company has not achieved sustained  profitable  operations
for a full fiscal year. The Company has, however, been profitable in each of the
last three quarters of 1997. The Company may incur losses in the future. If such
losses do occur,  the Company may be  required to reduce its  inventory  and its
marketing efforts and seek additional financing.

                                       15
<PAGE>

         The following table sets forth the Company's  consolidated statement of
operations for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Fiscal Year
                                                                                        -----------
                                                      
                                                              1997                         1996                    1995
                                                              ----                         ----                    ----
Statement of Operations                                                             (Dollars in
                                                                                     Thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>               <C>          <C>        <C>          <C> 
     Net Sales                                              12,101      100%              5,734        100%       5,589        100%
     Cost of Sales                                           7,214        60              2,975          52       2,462          44
                                                            ------       ---              -----         ---       -----         ---
         Gross Profit                                        4,887        40              2,759          48       3,127          56
     Operating Expenses                                      3,349        27              2,608          45       2,414          43
                                                            ------       ---              -----         ---       -----         ---
Income From Operations                                       1,538        13                151           3         713          13
     Other Income (Expense)
         Casualty Gain                                           -         -                949          16           -           -
         Gain on Exchange of Debt                                -         -                  -           -       4,759          85
         Gain on Sale of Subsidiary                              -         -                  -           -         183           3
         Interest Expense, Net                             (1,676)      (14)            (1,338)        (23)     (1,163)        (21)
                                                           -------      ----            -------        ----     -------        ----
              Total Other Income (Expense)                 (1,676)      (14)              (389)         (7)       3,779          67
                                                           -------      ----            -------        ----     -------        ----
(Loss) Income Before Taxes                                   (138)       (1)              (238)         (4)       4,492          80
   Income Tax (Credit)                                           9         -                  4           -        (55)         (1)
                                                           -------     -----            -------       -----     -------       -----
Net (Loss) Income                                           (147)       (1%)              (242)        (4%)       4,547         81%
                                                           =======     =====            =======       =====     =======       =====
</TABLE>

         Operations  of the  Company  and its  subsidiaries  for the year  ended
December 31, 1997  generated  operating  income of  $1,538,000,  up by 918% from
$151,000 for 1996. The increase in operating income for the year is attributable
to an increase in sales and the resulting increase in gross profit.

          Sales for the year ended December 31, 1997 were  $12,101,000  compared
to $5,734,000 for 1996, an increase of approximately 111%. The increase in sales
was made up of an increase in  after-market  aircraft  inventory  management and
supply sales and brokerage  sales of 164% and an increase in MDC inventory sales
of 29%.

         Costs of goods sold for the year ended  December 31, 1997 and 1996 were
$7,214,000 and  $2,975,000,  respectively  (approximately  60% and 52% of sales,
respectively).  The  reduction in the gross margin  percentage  is a result of a
change in the product mix of sales.

          Operating expenses increased to $3,349,000 for the year ended December
31,  1997  from  $2,608,000  for the year  ended  December  31,  1996.  This was
principally attributable to the increase in sales activity.

         During the year ended  December  31,  1996,  the Company  recognized  a
nonrecurring  gain of $949,000 in connection with a certain  casualty  insurance
claim. There were no nonrecurring  gains in 1997.  Interest expense increased to
$1,676,000  from  $1,338,000  for the years ended December 31, 1997 and December
31, 1996, respectively.  The increase is entirely attributable to an accelerated
amortization  of  original  loan  costs  and  other  fees  associated  with  the
refinancing of the Company's primary loan with Norwest.  See "Liquidity"  below.
Without the approximately  $340,000 representing  amortization of loan costs and
other  fees  associated  with the  repayment  of the  Norwest  loan,  which  was
recognized in the first quarter of 1997, the Company would have been  profitable
for the year ended December 31, 1997.

                                       16
<PAGE>

         The  Company had a net loss in 1997 of  $147,000,  as compared to a net
loss in 1996 of  $242,000,  a decrease in loss of $95,000.  The net loss for the
year ended  December 31, 1997 was entirely due to the  nonrecurring  accelerated
amortization  of loan costs  described in the prior  paragraph.  Any  comparison
between  the  two  periods  should  also  take  into   consideration   the  1996
nonrecurring income as described above.


Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
- --------------------------------------

         Sales for the year ended  December 31, 1996  increased by $145,000,  or
3%, to  $5,734,000  as compared to  $5,589,000  for the year ended  December 31,
1995.  The  increase  in  net  sales  was  attributable  to a  71%  increase  in
distributorship and brokerage sales offset by a decrease of 36% in MDC inventory
gross  sales.  The  trend of  overall  increasing  net  sales  and the  shift to
distributorship  and  brokerage  sales is  evidenced  by 1997 sales as described
above.

         Cost of  goods  sold  for  1996  increased  by  $513,000,  or  21%,  to
$2,975,000 from $2,462,000 in 1995. Cost of goods sold were 52% of sales in 1996
compared  to 44% of net  sales  in  1995.  The  reduction  in the  gross  margin
percentage is a result of the increasing  proportion of total sales  represented
by brokerage and distributorship  transactions as opposed to MDC inventory where
the margins are larger.

         Operating expenses for 1996 increased by $194,000,  or 8% to $2,608,000
as  compared  to  $2,414,000  for  1995.  Operations  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries for 1996 generated a profit of $151,000, as compared to $713,000 in
the prior year. The reduction of $562,000 in the profit from  operations in 1996
is  attributable  to an increase in operating  expenses and a reduction in gross
margin  as a result  of the  shift  in sales  mix.  Interest  expense  increased
$175,000 or 15% from $1,163,000 in 1995 as compared with $1,338,000 in 1996. The
major portion of the increase in general and  administrative  expenses  resulted
from   additional   staffing   costs   incurred   to  generate   the   increased
distributorship  and brokerage sales.  Interest expense  increased because of an
increase in the rate charged by the Company's  primary lender and because of the
fees associated with several amendments to the Credit Agreement.

         During 1996, the Company  recognized  a  nonrecurring  gain of $949,000
from  the  recovery  of a  casualty  insurance  claim  as a  result  of the 1994
earthquake. During 1995, the Company recognized a $4,759,000 gain on exchange of
debt as a  result  of the  exchange  of  preferred  stock  of a  subsidiary  for
$6,809,000 of debt of that  subsidiary.  In addition,  the Company  recognized a
nonrecurring gain of $183,000 from the sale of a subsidiary.

         As a result of the  foregoing,  the  Company  had a net loss in 1996 of
$242,000,  as  compared  to net  income in 1995 of  $4,547,000,  a  decrease  of
$4,789,000.

Liquidity
- ---------

         At December 31, 1997 the Company had working capital (current assets in
excess of current  liabilities)  of $17,740,000  compared to working  capital of
$2,434,000  on December  31, 1996.  The  increase in  liquidity is  attributable
principally to obtaining the  NationsCredit  credit  facility and an increase in

                                       17
<PAGE>

cash  as a  result  of the  Company's  receipt  of  the  proceeds  of a sale  of
$10,000,000  principal  amount of Debentures.  See "Market For Common Shares and
Related Shareholder Matters -- Issuance of Shares Without  Registration."  These
changes, coupled with an increase in distributorship  inventory,  were partially
offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

         Operating activities used $2,681,000 and $350,000 of the Company's cash
flow for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the prior year, respectively.  The
major  usage of cash  resulted in  increases  in  inventory  of  $2,950,000  and
accounts receivable of $448,000 and these were only partly offset by an increase
in accounts payable of $375,000.

         As of January 1, 1997, the Company's  outstanding  amount on its Credit
Agreement with Norwest was $6,232,000 at an interest rate of 15.25%.

         On April 18, 1997, the Company's wholly owned subsidiaries entered into
separate Loan and Security Agreements for an aggregate of up to $10,000,000 with
NationsCredit  at an  annual  interest  rate of  prime  plus  3%.  NationsCredit
advanced  $6,717,000  on April 18, 1997 which was used to repay the  obligations
owed to Norwest and other fees  incurred in  connection  with the  NationsCredit
loan facility.  In connection with the NationsCredit loan facility,  the Company
issued NationsCredit an option to acquire 40,000 common shares of the Company at
a price of $6.25 per share.

         As of November 14, 1997,  approximately  $2,000,000 principal amount of
Debentures  were  converted  to 166,666  common  shares at a price of $12.00 per
share,   leaving   approximately   $8,000,000  principal  amount  of  Debentures
outstanding on December 31, 1997.

Capital Resources
- -----------------

         The Company's  operations to date have been  primarily  funded  through
bank loans, sales of equity and debentures, and vendors deferred purchase notes.

         During  1996,  the Company  began a private  placement  transaction  to
non-United  States  persons  pursuant to  Regulation  S of the  Securities  Act.
164,283 units (the "Units")  representing  328,566 common shares and warrants to
acquire 164,283 common shares at $6.25 per share (the  "Warrants") were sold for
$2,135,685  between  September 1996 and March 1997. The Warrants are exercisable
at anytime prior to the second anniversary of their issuance. Etablissement Pour
le Placement Prive, Zurich Switzerland ("EPP"), acted as the Company's placement
agent in connection with the offering.  After brokerage and issuance costs,  the
sales  resulted in a net  infusion  of capital of  approximately  $1,654,000  at
December 31, 1996 and approximately $1,724,000 through March 1997. In connection
with that offering,  the Company issued,  on or about June 26, 1997,  additional
warrants  to  acquire  32,857  common  shares  at $6.25 per  share  (the  "Agent
Warrants")  pursuant to the terms of the Placement Agent  Agreement,  dated July
22,  1996,  between the Company and EPP,  as  amended.  The Agent  Warrants  are
exercisable at any time prior to the second  anniversary of their issuance.  The
Company  has  also  agreed  to pay EPP a fee of 5% of  amounts  received  by the
Company from the exercise of the Warrants.

         On April 18, 1997, the Company's wholly owned subsidiaries entered into
separate Loan and Security Agreements for an aggregate of up to $10,000,000 with
NationsCredit  at an  annual  interest  rate of  prime  plus  3%.  NationsCredit

                                       18
<PAGE>

advanced  $6,717,000  on April 18, 1997 which was used to repay the  obligations
owed to Norwest and other fees  incurred in  connection  with the  NationsCredit
loan facility.  In connection with the NationsCredit loan facility,  the Company
issued NationsCredit an option to acquire 40,000 common shares of the Company at
a price of $6.25 per share.  At December 31, 1997,  approximately  $7,047,000 of
credit had been extended under the credit line.

         On or about June 27, 1997,  the Company sold 15,774  common  shares and
warrants to acquire  2,881 common shares at $6.25 per share,  for  approximately
$98,780.  The  warrants  are  exercisable  at  any  time  prior  to  the  second
anniversary  of their  issuance.  The  securities  were sold to EPP in a private
transaction in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

         On September 30, 1997,  the Company  completed the sale of  $10,000,000
principal amount of its Debentures  issued under an Indenture (the  "Indenture")
dated as of  September  30,  1997,  between the  Company and EPP as Trustee.  In
connection  with this sale, the Company  issued,  on September 30, 1997,  15,000
common shares,  valued at $172,500, to EPP, to partially pay the Placement Fees.
The  Indenture  was amended on February 20, 1998.  See "Market for Common Shares
and Related Shareholder Matters -- Issuance of Shares Without Registration."

         Effective  October 13, 1997,  the Company issued 5,000 common shares to
EPP  and  agreed  to  pay a  corporate  development  fee of  $125,000  to EPP in
connection  with a future  equity  raising  transaction.  The common shares were
issued in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

         As of November 14, 1997,  pursuant to its Mandatory  Conversion  right,
approximately  $2,000,000  principal  amount of  Debentures  were  converted  to
166,666 common shares at a price of $12.00 per share.  On February 20, 1998, the
Company  amended the Debentures as set forth under "Market for Common Shares and
Related Shareholder Matters -- Issuance of Shares Without Registration."

         In  January  1998,  the  Company  acquired   Flightways  by  purchasing
substantially  all of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares of  Flightways.  The
Company  paid  approximately   $2,900,000  in  cash  and  retired  approximately
$1,100,000  in  Flightways  debt by  refinancing  such debt using the  Company's
credit facility.

         On January 20, 1998,  the Company  entered into a letter of intent with
Skylock  Industries  Incorporated  ("Skylock") to acquire 100% of the issued and
outstanding  shares of  Skylock.  The  acquisition  of Skylock is subject to the
entering of a definitive agreement and verification of factual matters. There is
no assurance the transaction will close.

         As  of  February   20,   1998,   the  Company   received  and  accepted
subscriptions  for the sale of 26,333  units  (the "1998  Units"),  representing
210,664 common shares and warrants to acquire 52,666 common shares at $13.00 per
share (the "1998 Warrants") for  approximately  $2,054,000.  The 1998 Units were
sold to accredited  non-United  States persons in reliance on Regulation S under
the  Securities  Act.  The 1998  Warrants are  exercisable  at any time prior to
February 20, 2000.

         EPP acted as  placement  agent in  connection  with the offering of the
1998 Units and received a commission  of 9% of the sale price of the Units sold,
or  approximately  $185,000.  EPP also received a corporate  development  fee of
approximately $61,620, which was based on the number of Units sold.

                                       19
<PAGE>

         On April 2, 1997,  the Board of Directors  authorized  and issued stock
option  contracts  to  purchase  100,000  common  shares  at $6.25  per share to
officers  and certain key  employees of the  Company.  On August 7, 1997,  stock
option  contracts to purchase an additional  270,000 common shares at $10.00 per
share were issued to certain  officers of the Company.  On August 28, 1997,  the
Board of  Directors  authorized  the  issuance of options to certain  directors,
executive  officers and employees to purchase  89,500 common shares at $8.25 per
share  pursuant to the Company's  1997 Omnibus Stock Option Plan. On January 16,
1998,  as a part of the  Flightways  acquisition  and in  order  to  retain  key
management  personnel  and  employees,  the Company  issued  options to purchase
50,000 common  shares,  10,000 of which were issued under the 1997 Omnibus Stock
Option Plan,  at $8.35 per share to key  employees.  On February  13, 1998,  the
Board of Directors  adopted the 1998  Nonqualified  Share Option Plan (the "1998
Plan") authorizing the issuance of options to purchase 167,600 common shares and
issued options to purchase 119,600 common shares to certain directors, executive
officers and employees of the Company and  Flightways.  Additional  options have
been reserved for attracting and rewarding  nonexecutive employees and employees
of  acquisition  targets.  On March 16,  1998,  the  Company  issued  options to
purchase  5,000  common  shares  under  the  1998  Plan  to an  employee.  For a
description  of  the  terms  of the  option  plans  and  option  contracts,  see
"Executive Compensation" below.

          The Company will seek to acquire other  companies in similar or allied
businesses.  Any such  acquisition  will only be undertaken  following a careful
analysis  of  the  potential  acquisition,  any  potential  synergism  with  the
Company's  existing  business  and the capital  needs of the  acquired  products
compared  to the  capital  needs  and  resources  of the  Company.  There  is no
assurance that any acquisitions will be successfully completed.

          The Company will continue to actively seek equity  capital  infusions.
There is no assurance  the Company  will be  successful  in securing  additional
capital.

Forward-Looking Statements
- --------------------------

         Statements  regarding  the  Company's  expectations  as to its  capital
resources and certain other information presented in this Form 10-KSB constitute
forward  looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.   Although  the  Company  believes  that  its
expectations  are  based on  reasonable  assumptions  within  the  bounds of its
knowledge of its business and operations,  there can be no assurance that actual
results will not differ materially from its expectations. In addition to matters
affecting the economy and the Company's industry  generally,  factors that could
cause actual results to differ from  expectations  include,  but are not limited
to, the following: (i) the Company's ability to obtain future debt financing may
be  adversely  affected by its  uncertainty  of future  profitability;  (ii) the
Company's  ability to acquire other  businesses in similar or allied  businesses
may be adversely affected if the Company is not able to raise additional capital
and obtain any necessary debt  financing;  (iii) the Company's  ability to raise
additional  capital may be adversely  affected by its lack of trading volume and
the  Company's   uncertainty  of  future   profitability;   (iv)  regulation  by
governmental authorities; (v) growth or lack of growth of the commercial airline
industry; (vi) the price and availability of aircraft parts and other materials;
(vii)  the  Company's   ability  to  maintain   existing   customer  and  vendor
relationships;  (viii)  successful  execution of the Company's  expansion plans;
(ix) the Company's  ability to service its debt  financing;  and (x) competition
and pricing pressures.

                                       20
<PAGE>

ITEM 7. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- ----------------------------

         The financial statements,  supplementary data and report of independent
public accountants are filed as part of this report on pages F-1 through F-16.

The following financial statements of the Company are included beginning at page
F-1.

  Independent Auditors' Report                                          F-1

  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996          F-2

  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
           December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                             F-3

  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years
           ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                       F-4

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
           December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                             F-5

  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements                F-6 through F-16


                                       21
<PAGE>

[Letterhead]

                     MOORE STEPHENS FRAZER AND TORBET, LLP
                          CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

OFFICE: 1199 South Fairway Drive, Walnut, California 91789
MAIL: Post Office Box 3949, City of Industry, California 91744
Telephone: (909) 595-4624  Facsimile: (909) 594-2357
                                               e-mail: 75444,[email protected]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Board of Directors
Fields Aircraft Spares, Inc.
Fillmore, California

                          Independent Auditors' Report

         We have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets of Fields
Aircraft Spares,  Inc.,  formerly known as Fields Industrial Group,  Inc., as of
December  31,  1997  and  1996  and  the  related  consolidated   statements  of
operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31,
1997, 1996 and 1995. These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred to above  present
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Fields  Aircraft
Spares, Inc. as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of its operations
and its cash  flows for the years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                   /s/ Moore Stephens Frazer and Torbet, LLP

                                   Certified Public Accountants

February 20, 1998

 MS An independently owned and operated member of Moore Stephens North America,
 Inc. - members in principal cities throughout North America
 Moore Stephens North America, Inc. is a member of Moore Stephens
 International Limited - members in principal cities throughout the world.


                                       F-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.                

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                               AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                               ------------------


                                     ASSETS                                             1997                  1996
                                                                                        ----                  ----
CURRENT ASSETS:
<S>                                                                              <C>                    <C>
    Cash and cash equivalents                                                    $       6,071,000      $         88,000
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance for
      doubtful accounts of $100,000  in 1997 and
      $50,000 in 1996                                                                    1,955,000             1,507,000
    Inventory                                                                           11,058,000             8,108,000
    Prepaid expenses                                                                       191,000               149,000
                                                                                 -----------------      ----------------
                 Total current assets                                            $      19,275,000      $      9,852,000
                                                                                 -----------------      ----------------

LAND, BUILDING AND EQUIPMENT:
    Land                                                                         $         210,000      $        210,000
    Building and building improvements                                                   1,065,000             1,061,000
    Furniture and equipment                                                                565,000               548,000
                                                                                 -----------------      ----------------

                 Totals                                                          $       1,840,000      $      1,819,000
    Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                                         830,000               734,000
                                                                                 -----------------      ----------------

                 Total land, building and equipment, net                         $       1,010,000      $      1,085,000
                                                                                 -----------------      ----------------

OTHER ASSETS:
    Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated
        amortization of $192,000  in 1997 and
        $388,000 in 1996                                                         $       1,267,000      $        300,000
    Other assets                                                                           629,000               262,000
                                                                                 -----------------      ----------------
                 Total other assets                                              $       1,896,000      $        562,000
                                                                                 -----------------      ----------------

                     Total assets                                                $      22,181,000      $     11,499,000
                                                                                 =================      ================

                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                                                       1997                  1996
                                                                                        ----                  ----
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
    Accounts payable                                                             $       1,239,000      $         864,000
    Accrued liabilities                                                                    241,000                230,000
    Income taxes payable                                                                                            1,000
    Current portion of notes payable                                                        55,000              6,323,000
                                                                                 -----------------      -----------------
                 Total current liabilities                                       $       1,535,000      $       7,418,000
                                                                                 -----------------      -----------------


LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
    Notes payable, net of current portion                                        $      15,047,000      $         268,000
                                                                                 -----------------      -----------------


SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
    Common stock                                                                 $         351,000      $         312,000
    Additional paid-in capital                                                           6,959,000              5,065,000
    Retained deficit                                                                    (1,711,000)            (1,564,000)
                                                                                 -----------------      -----------------

                 Total shareholders' equity                                      $       5,599,000      $       3,813,000
                                                                                 -----------------      -----------------

                       Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                $      22,181,000      $      11,499,000
                                                                                 =================      =================
</TABLE>

         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

                                       F-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.                 

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                        --------------------------------



                                                                      1997                     1996                 1995
                                                                      ----                     ----                 ----
<S>                                                              <C>                    <C>                    <C>
NET SALES                                                        $ 12,101,000           $     5,734,000        $     5,589,000

COST OF SALES                                                       7,214,000                 2,975,000              2,462,000
                                                                 ------------           ---------------        ---------------
GROSS PROFIT                                                     $  4,887,000           $     2,759,000        $     3,127,000
                                                                 ------------           ---------------        ---------------
OPERATING EXPENSES                                               $  3,349,000           $     2,608,000        $     2,414,000
                                                                 ------------           ---------------        ---------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS                                           $  1,538,000           $       151,000        $       713,000
                                                                 ------------           ---------------        ---------------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
     Casualty gain                                               $                      $       949,000        $           -
     Gain on exchange of debt                                                                       -                4,759,000
     Gain on sale of subsidiary                                                                     -                  183,000
     Interest expense, net                                         (1,676,000)               (1,338,000)            (1,163,000)
                                                                 ------------           ---------------        ---------------
              Total other income (expense)                       $ (1,676,000)          $      (389,000)       $     3,779,000
                                                                 ------------           ---------------        ---------------
(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE PROVISION (CREDIT) FOR INCOME TAXES         $   (138,000)          $      (238,000)       $     4,492,000

PROVISION (CREDIT) FOR INCOME TAXES                                     9,000                     4,000                (55,000)
                                                                 ------------           ---------------        ---------------
NET (LOSS) INCOME                                                $   (147,000)          $      (242,000)       $     4,547,000
                                                                 ============           ===============        ===============
NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE (fully-diluted basis)                $       (.06)          $          (.13)       $          3.47
                                                                 ============           ===============        ===============
NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE (primary basis)                      $       (.07)          $          (.13)       $          3.47
                                                                 ============           ===============        ===============
</TABLE>

         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

                                       F-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES INC.                

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                        --------------------------------

                                                COMMON STOCK
                                         ----------------------------
                                            NUMBER                           ADDITIONAL                                 TOTAL
                                          OF SHARES                            PAID-IN            RETAINED          SHAREHOLDERS'
                                         OUTSTANDING          AMOUNT           CAPITAL             DEFICIT         EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                         -----------          ------           -------             -------         ----------------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>             <C>                <C>                 <C>
BALANCES, December 31, 1994                 944,352        $    47,000     $   1,376,000      $   (5,869,000)     $  (4,446,000)

     Issuance of common stock                40,000            250,000                                                  250,000

     Net income                                                                                    4,547,000          4,547,000
                                          ---------        -----------     -------------      --------------      -------------
BALANCES, December 31, 1995                 984,352        $   297,000     $   1,376,000      $   (1,322,000)     $     351,000

     Additional paid-in capital                                                2,050,000                              2,050,000

     Issuance of common stock               317,785             15,000         1,639,000                              1,654,000

     Net loss                                                                                       (242,000)          (242,000)
                                          ---------        -----------     -------------      --------------      -------------
BALANCES, December 31, 1996               1,302,137        $   312,000     $   5,065,000      $   (1,564,000)     $   3,813,000

     Issuance of common stock               777,434             39,000         1,894,000                              1,933,000

     Net loss                                                                                       (147,000)          (147,000)
                                          ---------        -----------     -------------      --------------      -------------
BALANCES, December 31, 1997               2,079,571        $   351,000     $   6,959,000      $   (1,711,000)     $   5,599,000
                                          =========        ===========     =============      ==============      =============
</TABLE>
         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

                                       F-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.                

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                        --------------------------------



                                                                        1997                 1996                   1995
                                                                        ----                 ----                   ----
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                              <C>                    <C>                    <C>
     Net (loss) income                                           $    (147,000)         $   (242,000)          $  4,547,000
     Adjustments  to reconcile  net (loss)  income to net cash used in operating
       activities:
         Depreciation                                                   99,000               120,000                 89,000
         Amortization of debt issuance costs                           422,000               211,000                177,000
         Loss on sale of assets                                                               51,000
         Gain on exchange of debt                                                                                (4,759,000)
         Gain on sale of subsidiary                                                                                (183,000)
         Increase in accounts receivable                              (448,000)             (226,000)              (925,000)
         (Increase) decrease in inventory                           (2,950,000)             (456,000)                84,000
         Increase in prepaid expenses                                  (42,000)               (3,000)               (93,000)
         Increase in other assets                                                           (272,000)               (81,000)
         Decrease in income tax refund receivable                                                                   711,000
         Increase (decrease) in accounts payable                       375,000               376,000               (225,000)
         Increase (decrease) in other accrued liabilities               11,000                91,000               (127,000)
         Decrease in income taxes payable                               (1,000)                                     (35,000)
                                                                 -------------          ------------           ------------
              Net cash used in operating activities              $  (2,681,000)         $   (350,000)          $   (820,000)
                                                                 -------------          ------------           ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
     Purchase of land, building and equipment                    $     (24,000)         $    (13,000)          $   (156,000)
                                                                 -------------          ------------           ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Net (payments) borrowings on line of credit                 $  (6,232,000)         $ (1,195,000)          $  1,250,000
     Principal payments on notes payable                            (2,094,000)             (193,000)               (64,000)
     Borrowings on notes payable                                    18,837,000                74,000                 64,000
     Costs associated with issuance of notes payable                (1,782,000)                                    (424,000)
     Net proceeds from issuance of common stock                        352,000             1,654,000                250,000
     Costs associated with the issuance of common stock               (393,000)
                                                                 -------------          ------------           ------------
              Net cash provided by financing activities          $   8,688,000          $    340,000           $  1,076,000
                                                                 -------------          ------------           ------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS             $    5,983,000         $    (23,000)          $    100,000

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year                            88,000               111,000                 11,000
                                                                 -------------          ------------           ------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year                           $   6,071,000          $     88,000           $    111,000
                                                                 =============          ============           ============
</TABLE>
         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

                                       F-5
<PAGE>

                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 ----------------------------------------------


1.       Summary of significant accounting policies
         ------------------------------------------

         a.       Principles of consolidation and company background
                  --------------------------------------------------

                  The  consolidated  Group  financial   statements  include  the
accounts of Fields Aircraft Spares,  Inc. (FASI),  a Utah  corporation,  and its
wholly-owned   subsidiaries  Fields  Aircraft  Spares  Incorporated   (FASC),  a
California  corporation  and  Fields  Aero  Management,   Inc.  All  significant
intercompany accounts and activity have been eliminated.

                  The Group distributes new aircraft parts and equipment for use
on international and domestic commercial and military aircraft and purchases and
sells parts on a brokerage basis.

         b.       Concentration of credit risk
                  ----------------------------

                  Substantially  all of the Group's trade  accounts  receivables
are due from companies in the aviation  industry  located  throughout the United
States and  internationally.  The Group performs periodic credit  evaluations of
its  customers'  financial  condition  and does not require  collateral.  Credit
losses  relating to customers in the airline  industry  have  consistently  been
within management's expectations.

         c.       Concentration of sales
                  ----------------------

                  The Group had sales to foreign companies that amounted to 12%,
17% and 32% of total sales for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively.

                  For the year ended December 31, 1997, two customers  accounted
for sales of $1,706,000  and  $1,395,000.  For the year ended December 31, 1996,
two customers  accounted for sales of $657,000 and $351,000.  For the year ended
December 31, 1995, two customers accounted for sales of $801,000 and $790,000.

          d.       Cash and cash equivalents
                   -------------------------

                  For  purposes  of the  statement  of  cash  flows,  the  Group
considers  all highly  liquid  investments  purchased  with a maturity  of three
months or less to be a cash equivalent.

                  The Group  currently  maintains cash in bank deposit  accounts
which exceeds  federally  insured  limits.  The Company has not  experienced any
losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant  risks
on  cash  in  bank  deposit  accounts.   Uninsured  balances  are  approximately
$4,575,000 as of December 31, 1997.

                                       F-6
<PAGE>
                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 ----------------------------------------------


1.       Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
         ------------------------------------------------------

         e.       Inventory
                  ---------

                  Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market value using
the first-in,  first-out method.  Where a group of parts were purchased together
as a lot,  the  cost  of the  lot  was  allocated  to the  individual  parts  by
management  pro  rata  to the  list  selling  price  at the  time  of  purchase.
Consistent with industry  practice,  inventory is carried as a current asset but
all inventory is not expected to be sold within one year.

         f.       Land, building and equipment
                  ----------------------------

                  Land,   building   and   equipment   are   recorded  at  cost.
Depreciation  is computed  using the  straight-line  method  over the  estimated
useful lives of the assets which range from 3 to 25 years.

                  The cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization
of assets sold or  otherwise  retired are  eliminated  from the accounts and any
gain or loss is included in the statement of operations. The cost of maintenance
and repairs is charged to income as incurred,  whereas significant  renewals and
betterments are capitalized.  Depreciation  expense for the years ended December
31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 amounted to $99,000, $120,000 and $89,000, respectively.

         g.       Debt issuance costs
                  -------------------

                  Gross debt issuance costs of $1,459,000  less  amortization of
$192,000 relate to the issuance of new financing.  Amortization of debt issuance
costs for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 amounted to $422,000,
$211,000  and  $177,000,   respectively.  The  costs  are  amortized  using  the
straight-line method over the life of the respective loans.

           h.     Revenue recognition
                  -------------------

                   The Group  recognizes  revenue  from all types of sales under
the accrual method of accounting  when title  transfers.  Title transfers at the
Group's facility.

           i.     Earnings per share
                  ------------------

                  In March  1995,  FASI's  shareholders  authorized  the reverse
split of its  common  stock on the basis of fifty old  shares for one new share.
This reverse split was effective as of November 1995.  All references  herein to
the number of shares are after the reverse split.

                                       F-7
<PAGE>
                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 ----------------------------------------------


1.       Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
         ------------------------------------------------------

         i.       Earnings per share, (continued)
                  -------------------------------

                  Fully-diluted earnings per share was computed using 2,325,078,
1,840,543 and 1,312,469  shares for the years ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and
1995, respectively.

         j.       Income taxes
                  ------------

                  The Group  files  consolidated  income tax  returns.  Deferred
income taxes relate to temporary  differences  between  financial  statement and
income tax reporting of certain accrued expenses, state income taxes, bad debts,
inventory, and depreciation.

                  The Group adopted Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards
No. 109,  "Accounting  for Income Taxes".  SFAS 109 requires the  recognition of
deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax  consequences of
temporary  differences between tax basis and financial reporting basis of assets
and  liabilities.  The  income  tax effect of the  temporary  differences  as of
December 31, 1997 and 1996 consisted of the following:
<TABLE>

                                                                   1997          1996
                                                                   ----          ----
       <S>                                               <C>               <C>
        Deferred tax liability resulting from
          taxable temporary differences for
          accounting for inventory                         $  (314,000)      $ (314,000)
        Deferred tax asset resulting from
          deductible temporary differences
          for allowance for doubtful accounts                    6,000            4,000
        Deferred tax asset resulting from
          deductible temporary differences
          for utilization of net operating loss
          carryforwards for income tax purposes              1,078,000        1,344,000
        Valuation allowance resulting from the
          potential nonutilization of net operating
          loss carryforwards for income tax
          purposes                                            (770,000)      (1,034,000)
                                                              --------       ----------

          Total deferred income taxes                     $      -          $     -
                                                          ============      ===========
</TABLE>

                                       F-8
<PAGE>
                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 ----------------------------------------------


1.       Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
         ------------------------------------------------------

         k.      Employee benefit plan
                 ---------------------

                  FASC has a 401(k) Plan under  Section  401(k) of the  Internal
Revenue Code.  The Plan allows all employees who are not covered by a collective
bargaining agreement to defer up to 25% of their compensation on a pre-tax basis
through  contributions  to the  Plan.  Contributions  to the  Plan by  FASC  are
discretionary  and are  determined by the Board of Directors.  No  contributions
were made to the Plan during the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.

         l.       Use of estimates
                  ----------------

                  The  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Management believes that the estimates utilized in preparing
its financial statements are reasonable and prudent. Actual results could differ
from these estimates.

2.       Shareholders' equity
         --------------------

                  FASI has  50,000  shares  authorized  of its  $.001  par value
preferred  stock.  At  December  31,  1997 and  1996,  there  were no  shares of
preferred stock issued or outstanding.

                  FASI has the  following  common  stock as of December 31, 1997
and 1996:

                                                      1997            1996
                                                      ----            ----

                  Authorized                       5,000,000       2,000,000
                  Issued and outstanding           2,079,571       1,302,137
                  Par value                             $.05            $.05

                  In  February  1995,  the Group owed  $7,658,000  to  McDonnell
Douglas  Corporation  (MDC). MDC canceled the debt in exchange for $850,000 plus
586,862 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock of FASC. This constituted
full and complete  satisfaction of the MDC debt. The agreement  provided for the
mandatory  exchange of the Series A preferred stock of FASC for 25% of the total
outstanding  common stock of FASI within 10 days  following  the date the common
stock is  approved  for  quotation  on, and is quoted for trading on, the Nasdaq
Stock Market.

                                       F-9
<PAGE>
                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 ----------------------------------------------


2.       Shareholders' equity
         --------------------

                  FASI's  common shares began  quotation on the Nasdaq  SmallCap
Market  on  March  26,  1997.  On April 4,  1997  the MDC  Series A shares  were
exchanged by MDC for 564,194 common shares of FASI.

                  In 1996,  FASI sold 317,785 shares of common stock and 158,893
warrants.  Each warrant  allows the holder to purchase one share of common stock
for $6.25.  The net proceeds were  $1,654,000  after deducting costs of $481,000
for underwriting and issuance.

                  In April 1997, the Group's  wholly-owned  subsidiaries entered
into separate Loan and Security Agreements for an aggregate of up to $10,000,000
with NationsCredit  Commercial Funding  ("NationsCredit") at an interest rate of
prime plus 3%. In connection with the NationsCredit  loan facility,  FASI issued
NationsCredit  an option to acquire  40,000  common shares of FASI at a price of
$6.25 per share.

                  In addition,  during 1997, FASI issued 31,574 shares of common
stock and 41,128 warrants.  Each warrant allows the holder to purchase one share
of  common  stock for  $6.25.  FASI  issued  another  15,000 of common  stock in
association with the issue of $10,000,000 at 8.50% subordinated debentures.

                  In September 1997,  FASI closed the sale of these  $10,000,000
Subordinated  Redeemable  Debentures  due 2000 issued  under an  Indenture  with
Etablissement  Pour le Placement  Prive as Trustee.  The Securities were sold in
reliance  on  Regulation  S of the  Securities  Act of  1933 to  entities  which
represented to FASI to be accredited non-U.S. persons.

                  The  Debenture  holders  have a  one-time  right  at any  time
between December 29, 1997 and September 27, 2000, subject to prior redemption or
repurchase,  to  convert  up to 30% of the  principal  amount  of such  holder's
Debentures into Common Shares at a conversion  price equal to 85% of the average
closing price of the Common Shares  during the  20-trading  day period ending on
the date of notice of conversion, but in no event less than $12.00 per share. In
the event that during any 20-day trading  period,  the average  closing price of
the Common  Shares  equals or exceeds  $12.00 per share,  FASI may  require  the
conversion of up to 20% of the principal amount of outstanding Debentures at the
Conversion  Price.  Pursuant  to this,  in  November  1997,  FASI  required  the
conversion  of $2,000,000 of Debentures in exchange for 166,666 of common shares
at $12.00 per share.

                  The  Debentures  are  redeemable,  in whole or in part, at the
option  of the  Group,  at any time on or after  March  31,  1999 at 100% of the
principal amount plus accrued interest.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 ----------------------------------------------


3.       Notes payable
         -------------

                  The notes  payable at December 31, 1997 and 1996  consisted of
the following:
<TABLE>

                                                              1997               1996
                                                              ----               ----
<S>                                                      <C>                 <C>
Subordinated debenture with fixed interest at 8.50%
    per annum, payable semi-annually, due 2000             $      8,000,000  $        -
Note payable to NationsCredit, secured by all
    assets of the Group, interest at prime plus 3.0%
    (11.5% at December 31, 1997), payable monthly,
    due 2000                                                     7,047,000
Line of credit from Norwest, secured by all assets
    of the Group, interest at prime plus 7.0%
    (15.25% at December 31, 1996), payable monthly                                   6,232,000
Note payable to bank, secured by land and building,
    payable monthly at $2,396 plus interest at prime
    plus 2% (10.25% at December 31, 1996)                                              331,000
Other notes payable                                                  55,000             28,000
                                                           ----------------  -----------------
             Total notes payable                           $     15,102,000  $       6,591,000
Less current portion                                                 55,000          6,323,000
                                                           ----------------  -----------------
                Notes payable, net of current portion      $     15,047,000  $         268,000
                                                           ================  =================
</TABLE>


         Principal  payment  requirements  on all notes  payable  based on terms
explained above are as follows:

                 YEAR ENDING
                 DECEMBER 31,                             AMOUNT
                 ------------                             ------

                       1998                       $         55,000
                       1999                               -
                       2000                             15,047,000
                   Thereafter                             -


                  Total  interest  expense  including the  amortization  of debt
issuance costs for the years ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995 amounted to
$1,676,000, $1,338,000 and $1,163,000, respectively. Total interest paid for the
years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 amounted to $1,048,000,  $1,706,000
and $936,000, respectively.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 ----------------------------------------------

4.       Provision (credit) for income taxes
         -----------------------------------

         The provision (credit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31
consisted of the following:
                                          1997       1996        1995
                                          ----       ----        ----
   CURRENT:
      Federal                        $            $          $  (55,000)
      State                             9,000        4,000
                                     --------     --------   ----------
        Total provision (credit) for
          income taxes               $  9,000     $  4,000   $  (55,000)
                                     ========     ========   ==========
                  Total  income  taxes paid in 1997,  1996 and 1995  amounted to
$3,000 each year.  The Group has net  operating  loss  carryovers  available  to
offset future taxable  income.  The amount and expiration date of the carryovers
are as follows:

                  YEAR ENDING
                  DECEMBER 31,                   FEDERAL            STATE
                  ------------                   -------            -----

                         1998                $                  $   750,000
                         1999                                       580,000
                         2000                                       126,000
                         2001                                       110,000
                         2008                    942,000             70,000
                         2009                  1,161,000
                         2010                    255,000
                         2011                    225,000
                         2012                    140,000

5.       Commitments
         -----------

                  The Group  leases a  warehouse  and office  facility  under an
operating lease.  The minimum lease payments  required under operating leases as
of December 31, 1997 are as follows:

                  YEAR ENDING
                  DECEMBER 31,                           AMOUNT
                  ------------                           ------

                         1998                            $160,000
                         1999                             144,000
                         2000                             144,000
                         2001                             144,000
                         2002                              84,000
                         Thereafter                           -

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 ----------------------------------------------

5.       Commitments (continued)
         -----------------------

         The  Group  subleases  the  warehouse  and  office  facility  under  an
operating  lease.  As of December 31,  1997,  the minimum  lease  payments to be
received under this agreement total $687,500.

         Lease expense for the years ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995 was
$150,000,  $102,000 and $84,000,  respectively.  Lease income for the year ended
December 31, 1997 was $34,000.


6.       Related party transactions
         --------------------------

         The Group leases a small overseas  office  facility on a month to month
basis from an entity owned by certain officers of the Group.


 7.       Stock option plans
          ------------------

         In  November  1995,  FASI  adopted  a  Management   Stock  Option  Plan
("Management  Plan") and Employee Stock Option Plan ("Employee Plan").  Pursuant
to the Management Plan, FASI has issued options to five individuals  involved in
the  management  of FASI to  acquire  up to  69,025  common  shares of FASI at a
purchase  price of $3.00  per  share  subject  to  vesting  requirements,  which
includes FASI  obtaining  sales during a 12-month  period of  $7,500,000  and an
average  closing  price for FASI's  Common  Shares for a  three-month  period of
$6.00,  $9.00 and $12.00,  respectively,  for each  one-third  of the options to
vest. The options must vest by November 1998 and must be exercised  within three
years of vesting.  Pursuant to the  Employee  Plan,  FASI has issued  options to
acquire 13,500 common shares of FASI to 20 employees of FASI at a purchase price
of $3.00 per share subject to vesting requirements, which include FASI obtaining
sales during a 12-month  period of  $7,500,000  and at least one year  continued
employment after the grant of the option. The options must vest by November 1998
and must be exercised within two years of vesting.

         In April 1997, FASI issued options to employees of the Group to acquire
up to 100,000  common  shares of FASI at an  exercise  price of $6.25 per share.
Half of the options will vest in April 1998 and the remaining  half will vest in
April 1999. The options expire in April 2000.

         On August 7, 1997 FASI  issued  options  to  employees  of the Group to
acquire up to 270,000  common shares of FASI at an exercise  price of $10.00 per
share. The options will vest if the Group meets the following two conditions;

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 ----------------------------------------------


7.       Stock options plans (continued)
         -------------------------------

the Group must raise at least  $7,500,000 in additional  debt or equity  capital
and the Group must have sales of at least  $14,000,000  in any 12-month  period.
The options  must vest by June 30,  1999 and will  expire  three years after the
vesting date.

         On August 28,  1997,  FASI issued  options to employees of the Group to
acquire up to 89,500  common  shares of FASI at an  exercise  price of $8.25 per
share.  Half of the options will vest in August 1998 and the remaining half will
vest in August 1999. The options expire in August 2002.

         The Group accounts for stock options under the provision of APB Opinion
25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees". Accordingly, no compensation cost
has been recognized for its stock option grants.  Had compensation  cost for the
Group's stock option grants been determined based on the fair value at the grant
dates  consistent  with  the  method  of  FASB  Statement  123  "Accounting  for
Stock-Based  Compensation",  the Group's net income and earnings per share would
have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                                For the year ended
                                                 December 31, 1997
                                                 -----------------

     Net loss                  As reported       $     (147,000)
                                                 ==============
                               Pro forma         $   (1,136,000)
                                                 ==============
     Primary earnings
        per share              As reported       $         (.07)
                                                 ==============
                               Pro forma         $         (.55)
                                                 ==============
     Fully-diluted earnings
        per share              As reported       $         (.06)
                                                 ==============
                               Pro forma         $         (.49)
                                                 ==============

         The fair value of each option grant was  estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes  option-pricing model with the following assumptions for
the April  1997,  August 7,  1997 and  August  28,  1997  grants,  respectively:
risk-free interest rates of 6.4%, 5.7% and 6.0%; expected lives of two years for
all three grants; and volatility of 78% for all three grants.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 ----------------------------------------------

7.       Stock options plans (continued)
         -------------------------------

         The first  condition for vesting of the August 7, 1997 option grant was
met in  September  1997.  The  Group  anticipates  meeting  the  second  vesting
conditions  of  sales of  $14,000,000  in any  12-month  period  in March  1998.
Accordingly,  the  effect of these  options on the above pro forma  amounts  was
determined under the assumption that the options will vest in March 1998.

         The fair value of the November  1995 option grant was  determined to be
immaterial.  Accordingly,  the effect of these options on income is not included
in the above pro forma amounts.


8.       Contingency
         -----------

         In the event of the death of a Director  or  Officer of the Group,  the
Group is  obligated  to pay up to 100% of the  Director's  or  Officer's  annual
compensation to their  beneficiary  within the twelve months subsequent to their
death.


9.       Casualty gain
         -------------

         In April 1996, the Group reached a final  settlement with its insurance
company. Management elected to record a casualty gain as a result of the January
1994 earthquake.  A gain of $949,000 was recorded in the financial statements in
1996 as a result of this transaction.


 10.      Subsequent events
          -----------------

         In January  1998,  the Group  completed the  acquisition  of Flightways
Manufacturing,  Inc. Flightways Manufacturing, Inc. is a manufacturer of plastic
replacement components for commercial aircraft seats and interiors.

         Each share of Flightways  Manufacturing,  Inc.  tendered into the offer
was exchanged for cash. The total cost of the acquisition  excluding liabilities
assumed was approximately $2,866,000.

         The  acquisition  will be  accounted  for as a  purchase  in 1998.  The
purchase price will be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities  assumed
based on their  estimated  fair values.  Results of  operations  for  Flightways
Manufacturing,  Inc.  will be  included  with  those of the  Group  for  periods
subsequent to the date of acquisition.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 ----------------------------------------------

10.      Subsequent events (continued)
         -----------------------------

                  The excess of the  purchase  price  over net assets  acquired,
which is  expected to exceed  $2,500,000,  will be  amortized  over a period not
exceeding 15 years.

                  The   following   unaudited   pro  forma  data   presents  the
consolidated  results of operations as if the  acquisition had been completed at
January  1,  1997 and does not  purport  to be  indicative  of what  would  have
occurred had the acquisition actually been made of that date or of results which
may occur in the future.

               (UNAUDITED)                            1997
               -----------                            ----

         Net sales                        $        16,091,000
         Net income                       $           123,000
         Earnings per share:
              Fully diluted               $               .05
              Primary                     $               .06


         On February 20,  1998,  the Group  received  and accepted  subscription
agreements  for the sale of 210,664  shares of common stock and 52,666  warrants
for  approximately  $2,054,000.  Each warrant  allows the holder to purchase one
share of common  stock for  $13.00.  The  Securities  were sold in  reliance  on
Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933 to entities which represented to FASI
to be accredited non-U.S. persons.

         On February 20, 1998, the Group entered into a  Supplemental  Indenture
to the Indenture with Etablissement Pour le Placement Prive as trustee, relating
to the 8.5% Subordinated  Redeemable Debenture due 2000 described in Note 2. The
Supplemental  Indenture  provides that the Debenture  holders have the following
additional rights: at any time between February 20, 1998 and June 30, 1998, each
holder  may  convert  20% of the  original  principal  amount  of such  holder's
Debentures  into Common Shares at a conversion  price of $9.75 per share; at any
time between  February 20, 1998 and September 30, 1998,  each holder may convert
an additional 20% of the original  principal amount of such holder's  Debentures
into  Common  Shares at a  conversion  price of $11.00  per  share;  at any time
between  February 20, 1998 and  December  31,  1998,  each holder may convert an
additional 20% of the original principal amount of such holder's Debentures into
Common Shares at a conversion price of $13.00 per share.

                                      F-16

<PAGE>

ITEM  8.  CHANGES  IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
- ---------------------
None.

                                    PART III

ITEM 9. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS; COMPLIANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT
- --------------------------------------

         Information  regarding  directors,  executive  officers,  promoters and
control persons of the Company and Management's compliance with Section 16(a) of
the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  appears  under the sections
"Executive Officers," "Election of Directors" and "Compliance with Section 16(a)
of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934" in the Company's  Proxy Statement to be
filed within 120 days after December 31, 1997,  with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  relating to the  Company's  Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders  and is
incorporated herein by reference thereto.

ITEM 10.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
- --------     ----------------------

         Information  regarding the  compensation  of the  Company's  executives
appears  under the section  "Management  Compensation"  in the  Company's  Proxy
Statement  to be filed  within  120  days  after  December  31,  1997,  with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  relating to the company's Annual Meeting of
Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

ITEM 11.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
- --------  --------------------------------------------------------------

         Information  regarding  beneficial  security ownership of the Company's
equity securities  appears under the section  "Security  Ownership of Directors,
Nominees and Principal  Security Holders" in the Company's Proxy Statement to be
filed within 120 days after December 31, 1997,  with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  relating to the  Company's  Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders  and is
incorporated herein by reference thereto.

ITEM 12.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
- --------  ----------------------------------------------------

         Information  regarding certain  relationships and related  transactions
appears under the section  "Transactions  With Related Parties" in the Company's
Proxy  Statement to be filed within 120 days after  December 31, 1997,  with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  relating to the Company's Annual Meeting of
Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

ITEM 13. EXHIBITS, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
- ------------------------------------------

(a) Index to Exhibits
    -----------------

The following documents are included as exhibits.

  SEC   Exhibit                                                       Sequential
  No.   No.                 Description                                 Page No.
  ---   ---                 -----------                                 --------
     2   2.1    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company
                and Sellers listed in Exhibit A to the agreement dated
                January 2, 1998 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1
                to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
                January 16, 1998 (the "January 1998 8-K"))

                                       22
<PAGE>
 SEC   Exhibit                                                       Sequential
  No.   No.                 Description                                 Page No.
  ---   ---                 -----------                                 --------
 
     3   3.1    Articles of Incorporation, as amended (Incorporated by
                reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Registration
                Statement on Form 10-SB, filed October 30, 1995 (the
                "Form 10-SB") and Exhibit 3.1.3 to the Company's
                Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the fiscal quarter
                ended June 30, 1997)

     3   3.2    Amended and Restated By-laws                                 27

     4   4.1    Form of Warrant Agreement (1996-97 Regulation S
                Private Placement) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Annual Report
                on Form 10-KSB/A for the fiscal year ended December
                31, 1996 (the "1996 10-KSB/A"), filed April 29, 1997)

     4   4.2    Form of Option Agreement to NationsCredit Commercial
                Funding (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
                1996 10-KSB/A)

     4   4.3    Indenture for the 8.5% Subordinated Redeemable
                Debentures Due 2000, dated as of September 30, 1997,
                between the Company and Etablissement Pour le
                Placement Prive, as Trustee (the "Indenture").
                (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
                Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September
                30, 1997 (the "September 1997 8-K"))

     4   4.4    Form of 8.5% Subordinated Redeemable Debentures Due
                2000 (included in Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3 above)
                (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the September
                1997 8-K)

     4   4.5    First Supplemental Indenture, dated February 20, 1998, to
                the Indenture (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to
                the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
                February 20, 1998)

     4   4.6    Form of Warrant Agreement (1998 Regulation S Private
                Placement)                                                   50

     9   9.1    Voting Agreement dated February 7, 1995, among
                McDonnell Douglas Corporation, the Registrant, Peter
                Frohlich, Alan Fields, and Lawrence Troyna (Incorporated
                by reference to Exhibit 5.1 to the Form 10-SB)

     10  10.1   Debt Restructure Agreement dated February 7, 1995
                between McDonnell Douglas Corporation and the
                Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6.1 to the
                Form 10-SB)

                                       23
<PAGE>

 SEC   Exhibit                                                       Sequential
  No.   No.                 Description                                 Page No.
  ---   ---                 -----------                                 --------
     10   10.2   Securities Exchange Agreement dated February 7, 1995,
                 between McDonnell Douglas Corporation and the
                 Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6.2 to the
                 Form 10-SB)

     10   10.3   Discretionary Revolving Credit Facility and Credit and
                 Security Agreement dated February 9, 1995, between
                 Fields Aircraft Spares, Inc., a California corporation and
                 Norwest Business Credit, Inc. (Incorporated by reference
                 to Exhibit 6.3 to the Form 10-SB)

     10   10.4   First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated November
                 20, 1995  (Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit
                 6.4  to  Amendment   No.  1  to  the   Company's
                 Registration  Statement  on  Form  10-SB  ("Form
                 10-SB/A"), filed
                 January 29, 1996)

     10   10.5   Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated February
                 19, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
                 Company's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal
                 year ended December 31, 1996 (the "1996 10-KSB), filed
                 March 28, 1997)

     10   10.6   Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 30,
                 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the
                 1996 10-KSB)

     10   10.7   Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated August
                 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the
                 1996 10-KSB)

     10   10.8   Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated January 1,
                 1997  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8
                 to the 1996 10-KSB)

     10   10.9   Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated February 1,
                 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the
                 1996 10-KSB)

     10  10.10   Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March 1,
                 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the
                 1996 10-KSB)

     10  10.11   Eighth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March
                 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the
                 1996 10-KSB)320

     10  10.12   1995 Management Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by
                 reference to Exhibit 6.5 to Form 10-SB/A)

     10  10.13   1995 Employee Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by
                 reference to Exhibit 6.6 to Form 10-SB/A)

                                       24
<PAGE>

 SEC   Exhibit                                                       Sequential
  No.   No.                 Description                                 Page No.
  ---   ---                 -----------                                 --------
     10  10.14   Lease dated May 16, 1994, by and between Harold Pease       64
                 and Flightways Manufacturing, Inc.

     10  10.15   Loan Agreement between Fields Aircraft Spares
                 Incorporated and NationsCredit Commercial Funding,
                 dated April 18, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                 10.14 to 1996 Form 10-KSB/A)

     10  10.16   Loan Agreement between Fields Aero Management, Inc.
                 and NationsCredit Commercial Funding, dated April 18,
                 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to 1996
                 Form 10-KSB/A)

     10  10.17   Covenant not to Compete dated as of January 2, 1998, by
                 and among the Company, Flightways Manufacturing, Inc.
                 and Yung Ford (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
                 to January 1998 8-K)

     10  10.18   Covenant not to Compete dated as of January 2, 1998, by
                 and among the Company, Flightways Manufacturing, Inc.
                 and Frank Scalise (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                 10.2 to January 1998 8-K)

     10  10.19   Covenant not to Compete dated as of January 2, 1998, by
                 and among the Company, Flightways Manufacturing, Inc.
                 and Christian J. Luhnow (Incorporated by reference to
                 Exhibit 10.3 to January 1998 8-K)

     11  11.1   Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings              80

     21  21.1   Subsidiaries of Registrant                                   81

     27  27.1   Financial Data Schedule                                     LAST



(b) Reports on Form 8-K
    -------------------

         The  Company  filed a Report  on Form 8-K,  dated  November  13,  1997,
covering  Item 5, Other  Events,  with respect to the  mandatory  conversion  of
approximately  $2,000,000  principal amount of its 8.5% Subordinated  Redeemable
Debentures Due 2000.

         The  Company  filed a Report  on Form  8-K,  dated  January  16,  1998,
covering Item 2, Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

         The  Company  filed a Report  on Form 8-K,  dated  February  20,  1998,
covering Item 9, Sales of Equity Securities Pursuant to Regulation S.

                                       25

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
                                   ----------

         In accordance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.

Dated:  April 7, 1998

                                                   FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.


                                                   By /s/ Alan M. Fields
                                                      -----------------------
                                                      Alan M. Fields
                                                      President


         In accordance  with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below
by the following  persons on behalf of the Company and in the  capacities and on
the dates indicated.


Signature                         Title                    Date
- ---------                         -----                    ----
                                 
                                  
/s/ Alan M. Fields                Principal Executive
- -------------------------------   Officer                  April 7, 1998
Alan M. Fields                    President and Director
                                  
                                  
                                  
                                  
/s/ Lawrence J. Troyna            Principal Financial      April 6, 1998
- -------------------------------   Officer 
Lawrence J. Troyna                Secretary and Director
                                  
                                  
                                  
/s/ Peter Frohlich                Chairman and Director    April 6, 1998
- -------------------------------   
Peter Frohlich                    
                                  
                                  
                                  
/s/ Leonard I. Fields             Director                 April 7, 1998
- -------------------------------   
Leonard I. Fields                 
                                  
                                             
                                  
/s/ Rt. Hon. Sir Jeremy Hanley    Director                 April 7, 1998
- -------------------------------   
Rt. Hon. Sir Jeremy Hanley        
                                  
                                  
                                                            
/s/ Mary L. Sprouse               Director                 April 6, 1998
- -------------------------------   
Mary L. Sprouse                   
                               

                                       26


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.


                               ARTICLE I. OFFICES

                  Section  1.  Principal  Office.  The  principal  office of the
corporation  shall be as designated by the board of directors.  The  corporation
may from time to time change the  location of its  principal  office,  within or
without the State of Utah. The corporation  may have such other offices,  either
within or without  the State of Utah,  as the  business of the  corporation  may
require from time to time.

                  Section 2.  Registered  Office.  The registered  office of the
corporation required by the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act (the "Act") to
be maintained in the State of Utah may be, but need not be,  identical  with the
principal office in the State of Utah, and the address of the registered  office
may be changed from time to time by the board of directors.

                            ARTICLE II. SHAREHOLDERS

                  Section  1.  Annual   Meeting.   The  annual  meeting  of  the
shareholders  shall be held on the first Monday in the month of February in each
year at the hour of 10:00  o'clock a.m., or at such other time on such other day
within such month as shall be fixed by the board of  directors,  for the purpose
of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come
before the  meeting.  If the day fixed for the annual  meeting  shall be a legal
holiday in the State of Utah,  such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding
business  day.  If the  election  of  directors  shall  not be  held  on the day
designated  herein  or  any  annual  meeting  of  the  shareholders,  or at  any
adjournment  thereof, the board of directors shall cause the election to be held
at a special meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter as is convenient.

                  Section  2.  Special   Meetings.   Special   meetings  of  the
shareholders,  for any purpose or  purposes  described  in the  meeting  notice,
unless  otherwise  prescribed by statute,  may be called by the  president,  the
chairman of the board of directors,  or by the board of directors,  and shall be
called by the president at the request of the holders of  outstanding  shares of
the  corporation  representing at least ten percent of all the votes entitled to
be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the special  meeting,  if such
shareholders sign, date, and deliver to the corporation's  secretary one or more
written demands for the meeting, stating the purpose or purposes for which it is
to be held.

                                       27
<PAGE>

                  Section  3.  Place of  Meeting.  The  board of  directors  may
designate any place, either within or without the State of Utah, as the place of
meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the board of
directors.  If the special meeting is called by the president or the chairman of
the board of directors,  the officer  calling the special  meeting may designate
any place,  either  within or without  the State of Utah,  as the place for that
special meeting.  If a special meeting is called by the president at the request
of shareholders,  the board of directors, or, if the board of directors fails to
act, the president, may designate a place, either within or without the State of
Utah, as the place of meeting for any special meeting. A waiver of notice signed
by all  shareholders  entitled  to vote at a meeting  may  designate  any place,
either within or without the State of Utah, as the place for the holding of such
meeting. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called,
the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation.

                  Section 4.  Notice of Meeting.

                  (a) Required  Notice.  Written notice stating the place,  day,
and time of the  meeting  and,  in case of a special  meeting,  the  purpose  or
purposes for which the meeting is called,  shall, unless otherwise prescribed by
statute, be delivered not less than ten (10) or more than sixty (60) days before
the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of
the President,  or the Secretary,  or the persons  calling the meeting,  to each
shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed,  such notice
shall be deemed to be  delivered  when  deposited  in the  United  States  mail,
addressed to the  shareholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer
books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

                  (b)  Adjourned  meetings.  If an annual or special  meeting is
adjourned to a different  date,  time or place,  notice need not be given of the
new date,  time,  or place if the new date,  time,  or place is announced at the
meeting prior to adjournment. If a new record date is or must be fixed under the
Utah Revised Business  Corporation Act, new notice of the adjourned meeting must
be given to all shareholders of record who are entitled to vote at the meeting.

                  (c) Waiver of Notice.  The shareholder may waive notice of the
meeting (or any notice required by the Utah Revised  Business  Corporation  Act,
articles of  incorporation,  or bylaws),  by a writing signed by the shareholder
entitled to the notice,  which is delivered to the corporation (either before or
after the date and time stated in the notice)  for  inclusion  in the minutes or
filing with the corporate records.

                  A shareholder's attendance at a meeting:

                           (1)      waives   objection  to  lack  of  notice  or
                                    defective notice of the meeting,  unless the
                                    shareholder  at the beginning of the meeting
                                    objects   to   holding    the   meeting   or
                                    transacting  business at the meeting because
                                    of lack of notice or defective notice; and

                                       28
<PAGE>

                           (2)      waives   objection  to  consideration  of  a
                                    particular matter at the meeting that is not
                                    within the purpose or purposes  described in
                                    the meeting  notice,  unless the shareholder
                                    objects to considering the matter when it is
                                    presented.

                  (d) Contents of Notice. The notice of each special shareholder
meeting  shall  include a  description  of the purpose or purposes for which the
meeting is called.  Except as provided in this  Article II,  Section  4(d),  the
corporation's  articles  of  incorporation,  or  otherwise  in the Utah  Revised
Business  Corporation Act, the notice of an annual shareholder  meeting need not
include a  description  of the  purpose  or  purposes  for which the  meeting is
called.

                  If a purpose of any shareholder meeting is to consider either:
(1) a  proposed  amendment  to the  articles  of  incorporation  (including  any
restated articles requiring shareholder approval); (2) a plan of merger or share
exchange;  (3) the  sale,  lease,  exchange  or  other  disposition  of all,  or
substantially all of the  corporation's  property outside the ordinary course of
business;  (4) if all or substantially all of the corporation's  assets consists
of its interest in an entity it  controls,  the sale,  lease,  exchange or other
disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the property owned by that entity,
outside the ordinary course of business; (5) the dissolution of the corporation;
or (6) the removal of a director, the notice must so state and be accompanied by
respectively  a copy or summary of the: (1) articles of  amendment;  (2) plan of
merger  or  share   exchange;   and  (3)  transaction  for  disposition  of  the
corporation's  property.  If the proposed  corporate action creates  dissenters'
rights,  the notice must state that  shareholders  are,  or may be,  entitled to
assert  dissenters'  rights, and must be accompanied by a copy of Part 13 of the
Utah Revised Business Corporation Act.

                  Section 5.  Fixing of Record Date.

                  (a) By Board of  Directors.  For the  purpose  of  determining
shareholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or
any  adjournment  thereof,  or  shareholders  entitled to receive payment of any
dividend,  or in order to make a  determination  of  shareholders  for any other
proper  purpose,  the board of directors of the corporation may fix in advance a
date as the record  date.  Such record date shall not be more than 70 days prior
to the day on which the meeting is held or on which the action is taken.

                  (b) By  Operation  of Bylaw.  If no record date is so fixed by
the board for the  determination  of  shareholders  entitled to notice of, or to
vote at a meeting of shareholders,  or shareholders  entitled to receive a share
dividend or distribution, the record date for determination of such shareholders
shall be at the close of business on:

                           (1)      With   respect  to  an  annual   shareholder
                                    meeting or any special  shareholder  meeting
                                    called   by  the   board   or   any   person
                                    specifically  authorized  by  the  board  or
                                    these  bylaws  to  call a  meeting,  the day
                                    before  the  first  notice is  delivered  to
                                    shareholders;

                                       29
<PAGE>

                           (2)      With  respect  to  a  special  shareholder's
                                    meeting  demanded by the  shareholders,  the
                                    president shall fix in advance a date as the
                                    record date,  which record date shall not be
                                    more than 70 days prior to the date on which
                                    the meeting is held;

                           (3)      With  respect  to  the  payment  of a  share
                                    dividend,  the date the board authorizes the
                                    share dividend;

                           (4)      With  respect  to  actions  taken in writing
                                    without  a  meeting,   the  date  the  first
                                    shareholder signs a consent;

                           (5)      And  with  respect  to  a  distribution   to
                                    shareholders,  (other  than one  involving a
                                    repurchase or reacquisition of shares),  the
                                    date the board authorizes the distribution.

                  (c) Record Date Following Adjournment. When a determination of
shareholders  entitled to vote at any meeting of  shareholders  has been made as
provided in this  section,  such  determination  shall apply to any  adjournment
thereof  unless the board of directors  fixes a new record date which it must do
if the  meeting is  adjourned  to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed
for the original meeting.

                  Section  6.  Shareholder  Lists.  After a  record  date  for a
shareholders'  meeting has been fixed, the officer or agent having charge of the
transfer books for shares of the  corporation  shall make a complete list of the
shareholders  entitled  to  be  given  notice  of  that  meeting,   arranged  in
alphabetical  order,  with the address of and the number of shares held by each.
The list must be arranged by voting  group and within each voting group by class
or series of shares.  The  shareholder  list must be available for inspection by
any  shareholder,  beginning  on the  earlier of ten days before the meeting for
which the list was prepared or two business  days after notice of the meeting is
given and continuing through the meeting, and any meeting adjournments. The list
shall  be  available  at  the  corporation's  principal  office  or  at a  place
identified in the meeting  notice in the city where the meeting is to be held. A
shareholder,  his agent,  or attorney  is entitled on written  demand to inspect
and,  subject to the  requirements of Section 14 of this Article II, to copy the
list at his or her expense during  regular  business hours and during the period
it is available for inspection.  The corporation  shall maintain the shareholder
list in written form or in another form capable of conversion  into written form
within a reasonable time.

                  Section 7.  Shareholder Quorum and Voting Requirements.

                  (a)  Action by  Separate  Voting  Group.  If the  articles  of
incorporation  or the Act  provides  for  voting by a single  voting  group on a
matter, action on that matter is taken when voted upon by that voting group.

                                       30
<PAGE>

                  (b) Quorum Requirements for Voting Groups.  Shares entitled to
vote as a separate voting group may take action on a matter at a meeting only if
a quorum of those shares exists with respect to that matter. Unless the articles
of incorporation or the Act provide  otherwise,  40% of the votes entitled to be
cast on the matter by the voting group constitutes a quorum of that voting group
for action on that matter.

                  (c) Action by Two or More Voting  Groups.  If the  articles of
incorporation  or the Act provide  for voting by two or more voting  groups on a
matter,  action on that  matter is taken  only when  voted upon by each of those
voting groups counted  separately.  Action may be taken by one voting group on a
matter even though no action is taken by another  voting group  entitled to vote
on the matter.

                  (d)  Share  Presence.  Once a  share  is  represented  for any
purpose at a meeting, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder
of the meeting and for any  adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date
is or must be set for that adjourned meeting.

                  (e)  Voting  Requirements.  If a quorum  exists,  action  on a
matter  (other than the election of  directors) by a voting group is approved if
the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast
opposing the action,  unless the articles of  incorporation or the Act require a
greater number of affirmative votes.

                  Section  8.  Proxies.  At  all  meetings  of  shareholders,  a
shareholder may vote in person or by proxy. A shareholder may appoint a proxy to
vote or otherwise act for that shareholder by signing an appointment form either
personally  or by its duly  authorized  attorney-in-fact.  The  shareholder  may
appoint a proxy by  transmitting  or authorizing  the  transmission of telegram,
teletype,  or other  electronic  transmission,  provided  that  the  transmitted
appointment shall set forth or be transmitted with evidence from which it can be
determined  that the shareholder  transmitted or authorized the  transmission of
the appointment. Such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation
before  or at the time of the  meeting.  No proxy  shall be valid  after  eleven
months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

                  Section 9.  Voting of Shares.

                  (a) One Share  One  Vote.  Unless  otherwise  provided  in the
articles of  incorporation,  each  outstanding  share  entitled to vote shall be
entitled  to one vote  upon each  matter  submitted  to a vote at a  meeting  of
shareholders.

                  (b) Shares Held by Another Corporation.  Except as provided by
specific court order,  no shares held by another  corporation,  if a majority of
the  shares  entitled  to vote  for the  election  of  directors  of such  other
corporation  are held by the  corporation,  shall be  voted  at any  meeting  or
counted in determining the total number of outstanding  shares at any given time
for purposes of any meeting. Provided, however, the prior sentence shall not

                                       31
<PAGE>

limit the power of the corporation to vote any shares, including its own shares,
held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

                  (c) Voting of  Redeemable  Shares.  Redeemable  shares are not
entitled to vote after notice of  redemption  is mailed to the holders and a sum
sufficient to redeem the shares has been deposited  with a bank,  trust company,
or other  financial  institution  under  an  irrevocable  obligation  to pay the
holders the redemption price on surrender of the shares.

                  Section 10.  Corporation's Acceptance of Votes.

                  (a)  Shareholder's  Name Signed. If the name signed on a vote,
consent,  waiver, proxy appointment or proxy revocation  corresponds to the name
of a shareholder, the corporation if acting in good faith, is entitled to accept
the vote,  consent,  waiver,  proxy  appointment or proxy revocation and give it
effect as the act of the shareholders.

                  (b) Other Than  Shareholder's  Name Signed. If the name signed
on a vote,  consent,  waiver,  proxy  appointment or proxy  revocation  does not
correspond  to the name of a  shareholder,  the  corporation,  if acting in good
faith,  is  nevertheless  entitled to accept the vote,  consent,  waiver,  proxy
appointment or proxy revocation and give it effect as the act of the shareholder
if:

                           (1)      the shareholder  is an entity  as defined in
                                    the Act  and the name  signed purports to be
                                    that of an officer or agent of the entity;

                           (2)      the name  signed  purports  to be that of an
                                    administrator,    executor,   guardian,   or
                                    conservator   representing  the  shareholder
                                    and, if the corporation  requests,  evidence
                                    of  fiduciary   status   acceptable  to  the
                                    corporation  has been presented with respect
                                    to  the   vote,   consent,   waiver,   proxy
                                    appointment or proxy revocation;

                           (3)      the  name  signed  purports  to be that of a
                                    receiver  or  trustee in  bankruptcy  of the
                                    shareholder    and,   if   the   corporation
                                    requests, evidence of this status acceptable
                                    to the  corporation  has been presented with
                                    respect to the vote,  consent,  wavier proxy
                                    appointment or proxy revocation;

                           (4)      the  name  signed  purports  to be that of a
                                    pledgee,      beneficial      owner,      or
                                    attorney-in-fact  of the shareholder and, if
                                    the    corporation    requests,     evidence
                                    acceptable   to  the   corporation   of  the
                                    signatory's   authority   to  sign  for  the
                                    shareholder  has been presented with respect
                                    to  the   vote,   consent,   waiver,   proxy
                                    appointment or proxy revocation; or

                                       32
<PAGE>

                           (5)      two or more persons are the  shareholder  as
                                    co-tenants  or  fiduciaries   and  the  name
                                    signed  purports  to be the name of at least
                                    one of the co-owners and the person  signing
                                    appears  to be  acting  on behalf of all the
                                    co-owners.

                  (c) Rejection.  The  corporation is entitled to reject a vote,
consent,  waiver proxy appointment or proxy revocation if the secretary or other
officer  or agent  authorized  to  tabulate  votes,  acting in good  faith,  has
reasonable  basis for doubt about the  validity of the  signature on it or about
the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder.

                  (d) No Liability for Accepting or Rejecting.  The  corporation
and its officer or agent who accepts or rejects a vote, consent,  waiver,  proxy
appointment  or  proxy  revocation  in good  faith  and in  accordance  with the
standards of this section are not liable in damages to the  shareholder  for the
consequences of the acceptance or rejection.

                  (e)  Action  Presumed  Valid.  Corporate  action  based on the
acceptance or rejection of a vote, consent,  waiver,  proxy appointment or proxy
revocation under this section is valid unless a court of competent  jurisdiction
determines otherwise.

                  Section 11.  Informal Action by Shareholders.

                  (a)  Written  Consents.  Any action  required to be taken at a
meeting of the  shareholders,  or any action  which may be taken at a meeting of
the  shareholders,  may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if a
consent in writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,  shall be signed by the
holders of  outstanding  shares having not less than the minimum number of votes
that  would be  necessary  to take the  action at a meeting  at which all shares
entitled  to  vote  thereon  were  present  and  voted,  and  delivered  to  the
corporation for inclusion in the minute book.

                  (b) Notice When Not Unanimous.  Unless the written consents of
all shareholders entitled to vote have been obtained,  notice of any shareholder
approval  without  a  meeting  shall  be given at  least  ten  days  before  the
consummation of the action authorized by the approval to:

                           (1)      those shareholders entitled to vote who have
                                    not consented in writing; and

                           (2)      those  shareholders not entitled to vote and
                                    to whom the Act requires  that notice of the
                                    proposed action be given.

                  (c)  Contents  of  Notice.  The  notice  must  contain  or  be
accompanied  by the same  material that would have been required to be sent in a
notice of meeting at which the proposed  action would have been submitted to the
shareholders for action.

                                       33
<PAGE>

                  (d) Revocation of Consent.  Any  shareholder  giving a written
consent,  or the shareholder's  proxy holder, or a transferee of the shares or a
personal representative of the shareholder or their respective proxy holder, may
revoke the consent by a signed  writing  describing  the action and stating that
the  shareholder's  prior consent is revoked,  if the writing is received by the
corporation prior to the effectiveness of the action.

                  (e) Time Limitation.  An action taken pursuant to this Section
is not effective unless all written consents on which the corporation relies are
received within a sixty (60) day period and not revoked.

                  (f)  Effective  Date of Action  by  Consent.  An action  taken
pursuant to this Section is  effective  as of the date the last written  consent
necessary to effect the action is received by the corporation  unless all of the
consents  necessary to effect the action  specify a later date as the  effective
date and that date is not more than 70 days after the date the first shareholder
signed the written consent.

                  (g)  Election of  Directors.  Directors  may not be elected by
written  consent except by unanimous  written  consent of all shares entitled to
vote for the election of directors.

                  Section 12. Voting for Directors. Unless otherwise provided in
the articles of incorporation, directors are elected by a plurality of the votes
cast by the  shares  entitled  to vote in the  election  at a meeting at which a
quorum is present.

                  Section 13. Shareholder's Rights to Inspect Corporate Records.

                  (a) Minutes and Accounting Records. The corporation shall keep
as permanent  records minutes of all meetings of its  shareholders  and board of
directors,  a  record  of all  actions  taken  by the  shareholders  or board of
directors without a meeting, and a record of all actions taken by a committee of
the  board of  directors  in place of the  board of  directors  on behalf of the
corporation, and a record of all waivers of notices of meetings of shareholders,
meetings of the board of  directors,  or any meetings of committees of the board
of directors. The corporation shall maintain appropriate accounting records.

                  (b)  Absolute   Inspection   Rights  of  Records  Required  at
Principal Office.  If a shareholder gives the corporation  written notice of the
shareholder's  demand at least five  business  days before the date on which the
shareholder  wishes to inspect and copy,  a  shareholder  (or the  shareholder's
agent or attorney)  has the right to inspect or copy,  during  regular  business
hours any of the following records,  all of which the corporation is required to
keep at its principal office:

                           (1)      its   articles   or   restated  articles  of
                                    incorporation  and  all  amendments  to them
                                    currently in effect;

                                       34
<PAGE>

                           (2)      its  bylaws  or   restated  bylaws  and  all
                                    amendments to them currently in effect;

                           (3)      all  financial  statements  prepared for the
                                    periods  ending  during the last three years
                                    that   show   in   reasonable   detail   the
                                    corporation's assets and liabilities and the
                                    results of its operations;

                           (4)      the minutes of all  shareholders'  meetings,
                                    and   records   of  all   action   taken  by
                                    shareholders without a meeting, for the past
                                    three years;

                           (5)      all written  communications  within the past
                                    three years to shareholders as a group or to
                                    the holders of any class or series of shares
                                    as a group;

                           (6)      a list of the  names and business  addresses
                                    of its current directors and officers; and

                           (7)      its most recent annual  report  delivered to
                                    the  Department  of  Commerce,  Division  of
                                    Corporations and Commercial Code.

                  (c)  Conditional   Inspection   Right.   In  addition,   if  a
shareholder  gives the corporation a written demand made in good faith and for a
proper  purpose  at least  five  business  days  before  the  date on which  the
shareholder wishes to inspect a copy, the shareholder  describes with reasonable
particularity  the  shareholder's  purpose  or  purposes  and  the  records  the
shareholder desires to inspect,  and the records are directly connected with the
shareholder's  purposes,  a shareholder of the corporation (or the shareholder's
agent or  attorney)  is entitled to inspect and copy,  during  regular  business
hours  at a  reasonable  location  specified  by  the  corporation,  any  of the
following records of the corporation:

                           (1)      excerpts   from   minutes  of  any  meeting,
                                    records of any action  taken by the board of
                                    directors, or of a committee of the board of
                                    directors  while  acting  on  behalf  of the
                                    corporation   in  place  of  the   board  of
                                    directors,  minutes  of any  meeting  of the
                                    shareholders, and records of action taken by
                                    the  shareholders  without  a  meeting,  and
                                    waivers  of  notices  of any  meeting of the
                                    shareholders, or any meeting of the board of
                                    directors,  or of any meeting of a committee
                                    of the board of directors;

                           (2)      accounting records of the corporation; and

                           (3)      the  record  of  shareholders  (compiled  no
                                    earlier  than the date of the  shareholder's
                                    demand.)

                                       35
<PAGE>

                  (d)  Copy  Costs.  The  right  to copy  records  includes,  if
reasonable,  the right to receive copies made by photographic,  xerographic,  or
other means. The corporation may impose a reasonable charge,  covering the costs
of labor and material,  for copies of any documents provided to the shareholder.
The charge may not exceed the estimated  cost of production or  reproduction  of
the records.

                  (e) Shareholder  Includes  Beneficial  Owner.  For purposes of
this Section 13, the term  "shareholder"  shall include a beneficial owner whose
shares are held in a voting trust or by a nominee on his behalf.

                  Section 14. Financial Statements.  Upon the written request of
any  shareholder,  the  corporation  shall mail to him or her,  its most  recent
annual or quarterly financial statements showing in reasonable detail its assets
and liabilities and the results of its operations.

                         ARTICLE III. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                  Section   1.   General   Powers.   Unless  the   articles   of
incorporation or a shareholder  agreement executed by all shareholders  pursuant
to Section 16-10a-732 of the Act have dispensed with or limited the authority of
the board of directors by describing  who will perform some or all of the duties
of a board of directors, all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the
authority of, and the business and affairs of the  corporation  shall be managed
under the direction of the board of directors.

                  Section 2. Number,  Tenure and  Qualifications.  The number of
directors of the  corporation  shall be not less than the number of shareholders
entitled to vote for the election of  directors,  if the  corporation  has fewer
than three such shareholders,  nor more than seven (7) as determined,  from time
to time, by the shareholders or the board of directors. Each director shall hold
office  until  their term has expired or until  removed.  If a  director's  term
expires,  he or she shall continue to serve until his successor  shall have been
elected and qualified or until there has been a decrease in directors. Directors
need not be residents of the State of Utah or shareholders  of the  corporation.
The board of  directors  may elect from its own number a chairman  of the board,
who shall preside at all meetings of the board of  directors,  and shall perform
such  other  duties  as may be  prescribed  from  time to time by the  board  of
directors.

                  Section 3. Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the board of
directors shall be held without other notice than this by-law immediately after,
and at the same  place as,  the annual  meeting  of  shareholders.  The board of
directors  may provide,  by  resolution,  the time and place,  either  within or
without  the State of Utah,  for the  holding  of  additional  regular  meetings
without  other  notice  than  such  resolution.  Such  meetings  may be  held by
telephone  or by any  other  means  of  communication  by  which  all  directors
participating may hear each other during the meeting.

                  Section 4.  Special Meetings.  Special  meetings of  the board
of directors may be called by or at the request of the president or the chairman
of the board of directors or any two directors. The person or persons authorized

                                       36
<PAGE>

to call  special  meetings of the board of directors  may fix any place,  either
within or  without  the State of Utah,  as the place  for  holding  any  special
meeting of the board of directors called by them. Such meetings may also be held
by  telephone  or by any other  means of  communication  by which all  directors
participating may hear each other during the meeting.

                  Section 5.  Notice.

                  (a)  General  Provisions.  Regular  meetings  of the  board of
directors may be held without notice of the date, place, time and purpose of the
meeting.  Notice of any special  meeting,  however,  shall be given at least two
days previously thereto by written notice delivered personally or mailed to each
director at his business  address,  or by telegram or telephonic  facsimile.  If
mailed,  such notice shall be deemed to be effective at the earlier of: (1) when
received;  (2) five days after deposited in the United States mail, addressed to
the director's  business office,  with postage thereon prepaid;  or (3) the date
shown on the return  receipt if sent by  registered  or certified  mail,  return
receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by or on behalf of the director. If
notice is given by telegram such notice shall be deemed to be effective when the
telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. If notice is given by telephonic
facsimile,  such notice shall be deemed to be effective when the transmission is
confirmed  by or on  behalf  of the  director.  If  notice  is given by  private
courier,  such notice shall be deemed to be effective  when  acknowledgement  of
delivery is signed by or on behalf of the director.

                  (b) Waiver.  Any  director  may waive  notice of any  meeting.
Except as provided in this section 5(b),  the waiver must be in writing,  signed
by the  director  entitled to the notice and filed with the minutes or corporate
records.  The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of
notice of such  meeting,  except  where a  director  attends  a meeting  for the
express  purpose of  objecting  to the  transaction  of any  business and at the
beginning of the meeting,  or promptly upon the director's  arrival,  objects to
holding the meeting or  transacting  business at the meeting  because of lack of
notice or defective notice, and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action
taken at the meeting.

                  (c) Content. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the
purpose of, any  regular or special  meeting of the board of  directors  need be
specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

                  Section 6. Quorum. A majority of the number of directors fixed
pursuant  to Section 2 of this  Article  III shall  constitute  a quorum for the
transaction  of business at any meeting of the board of  directors,  but if less
than such majority is present at a meeting,  a majority of the directors present
may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

                                       37
<PAGE>

                  Section 7.  Manner of Acting.

                  (a) Voting Requirements. The affirmative vote of a majority of
the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act
of the board of directors,  unless the articles of incorporation,  these bylaws,
or the Act require a greater percentage.

                  (b) Appropriate Means of Communication. Unless the articles of
incorporation  provide  otherwise,  any or all  directors may  participate  in a
regular or special  meeting by, or conduct  the meeting  through the use of, any
means of communication by which all directors  participating may  simultaneously
hear each other during the  meeting.  A director  participating  in a meeting by
this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

                           (c) Effect of Presence at Meeting.  A director who is
         present at a meeting of the board of  directors  or a committee  of the
         board of  directors  when  corporate  action is taken is deemed to have
         assented to the action taken unless: (1) he objects at the beginning of
         the meeting (or promptly upon his arrival) to holding it or transacting
         business  at the  meeting;  or (2) his dissent or  abstention  from the
         action  taken is  entered  in the  minutes  of the  meeting;  or (3) he
         delivers  written  notice of his dissent or abstention to the presiding
         officer of the meeting  before its  adjournment  or to the  corporation
         immediately after adjournment of the meeting.  This right of dissent or
         abstention  is not  available  to a director  who votes in favor of the
         action taken.

                  Section  8.  Director  Action  Without a  Meeting.  Unless the
articles of  incorporation,  these  bylaws,  or the Act provide  otherwise,  any
action  required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors at a meeting
may be taken  without  a  meeting  if all  directors  consent  to the  action in
writing.  Action taken by consents is effective  when the last director  signs a
writing  describing the action taken,  unless,  prior to that time, any director
has revoked a consent by a writing  signed by the  director  and received by the
secretary  or other  person  authorized  by the board of  directors to receive a
revocation, or unless the consent specifies a different effective date. A signed
consent  has the effect of a meeting  vote and may be  described  as such in any
document.

                  Section 9. Removal of Directors.  The  shareholders may remove
one or more  directors  at a meeting  called for that purpose if notice has been
given that a purpose of the meeting is such removal.  The removal may be with or
without  cause unless the articles  provide that  directors  may only be removed
with cause. If a director is elected by a voting group of shareholders, only the
shareholders  of that voting group may participate in the vote to remove him. If
cumulative voting is authorized,  a director may not be removed if the number of
votes  sufficient  to elect him under  cumulative  voting is voted  against  his
removal. If cumulative voting is not authorized,  a director may be removed only
if the number of votes cast to remove him  exceeds  the number of votes cast not
to remove him.

                                       38
<PAGE>

                  Section 10.  Vacancies.

                  (a) Who May Fill Vacancy. Unless the articles of incorporation
provide  otherwise,  if a vacancy occurs on the board of directors,  including a
vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors:

                           (1)      the shareholders may fill the vacancy;

                           (2)      the board of directors may fill the vacancy;
                                    or

                           (3)      if  the   directors   remaining   in  office
                                    constitute fewer than a quorum of the board,
                                    they may fill the vacancy by the affirmative
                                    vote  of a  majority  of all  the  directors
                                    remaining in office.

                  (b)  Directors  Elected by a Voting  Group.  Unless  otherwise
provided in the articles of  incorporation,  if the vacant  office was held by a
director elected by a voting group of shareholders:

                           (1)      if one or more  directors are elected by the
                                    same voting group, only they are entitled to
                                    vote to fill the  vacancy if it is filled by
                                    the directors; and

                           (2)      only the  holders  of shares of that  voting
                                    group  are  entitled  to vote  to  fill  the
                                    vacancy if it is filled by the shareholders.

                  (c) Filling Future  Vacancies.  A vacancy that will occur at a
specific  later date,  by reason of a  resignation  effective at a later date or
otherwise, may be filled before the vacancy occurs, but the new director may not
take office until the vacancy occurs.

                  (d) Term of New  Director.  The term of a director  elected to
fill a vacancy expires at the next shareholders'  meeting at which directors are
elected.  However,  if his term  expires,  he shall  continue to serve until his
successor is elected and qualifies or until there is a decrease in the number of
directors.

                  Section  11.  Compensation.  By  resolution  of the  board  of
directors, each director may be paid his expenses, if any, of attendance at each
meeting of the board of  directors,  and may be paid a stated salary as director
or a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or both.
No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the  corporation in any
other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

                                       39
<PAGE>

                  Section 12.  Director Committees.

                  (a) Creation of Committees.  The board of directors may create
one or more committees and appoint members of the board of directors to serve on
them. Each committee must have two or more members, who serve at the pleasure of
the board of directors.

                  (b)  Selection  of Members.  The  creation of a committee  and
appointment  of members to it must be  approved by the greater of (1) a majority
of all the  directors  in office  when the  action is taken or (2) the number of
directors  required  by the  articles  of  incorporation  or bylaws to take such
action.

                  (c) Required Procedures. Provisions of this Article III, which
govern meetings,  action without meetings,  notice and waiver of notice,  quorum
and voting requirements of the board of directors, apply to committees and their
members.

                  (d)  Authority.  Each  Committee may exercise those aspects of
the  authority  of the board of directors  which the board of directors  confers
upon such committee in the resolution creating the committee.

                              ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

                  Section 1. Number.  The officers of the corporation shall be a
president  and a  secretary,  each of whom  shall  be  elected  by the  board of
directors.  Such other officers and assistant officers,  including a chairman of
the board, treasurer and any vice presidents,  as may be deemed necessary may be
elected or appointed by the board of directors.  If  specifically  authorized by
the board of directors, an officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant
officers. Any two or more offices may be held simultaneously by the same person.

                  Section 2. Appointment and Term of Office. The officers of the
corporation  shall  be  appointed  by the  board  of  directors  for a  term  as
determined by the board of directors. The designation of a specified term grants
to the officer no contract  rights,  and the board can remove the officer at any
time prior to the termination of such term. If no term is specified,  they shall
hold  office  until they  resign,  die,  or until they are removed in the manner
provided hereafter.

                  Section 3. Removal. Any officer or agent may be removed by the
board of directors at any time,  with or without  cause.  Such removal  shall be
without  prejudice  to the  contract  rights,  if any, of the person so removed.
Appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

                  Section 4. Resignation.  An officer may resign at  any time by
giving written notice of the resignation to the corporation.  The resignation is
effective  when  the  notice  is  received  by the  corporation,  unless a later
effective  date is specified.  If the  resignation is effective at a later date,

                                       40
<PAGE>

the board of directors  may remove the officer at any time before the  effective
date and fill the  resulting  vacancy,  or the board may  allow the  officer  to
remain in office until the effective  date and fill the pending  vacancy  before
the effective date if the board provides that the successor does not take office
until the effective date.

                  Section 5. Vacancies.  A vacancy  in  any  office  because  of
death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the
board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

                  Section 6. Chief Executive Officer. The board of directors may
designate one of the officers as chief executive officer. He shall have, subject
to the supervision and direction of the board of directors,  general supervision
of the business,  property, and affairs of the corporation and the powers vested
in him by the board of  directors,  by law or by these  Bylaws or which  usually
attach or pertain to such office.

                  Section 7. Chairman of the Board.  If appointed,  the chairman
of the board  shall have the  powers  and  duties  vested in him by the board of
directors,  by law or by these Bylaws. He shall preside at meetings of the board
of directors.

                  Section 8. The President. The president shall be the principal
executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the control of the board of
directors  and the Chief  Executive  Officer,  shall in  general  supervise  and
control all of the  business  and  affairs of the  corporation.  He shall,  when
present,  preside at all  meetings of the  shareholders.  He may sign,  with the
secretary or any other proper officer of the corporation thereunto authorized by
the board of directors,  certificates for shares of the corporation,  any deeds,
mortgages,  bonds,  contracts, or other instruments which the board of directors
has  authorized to be executed,  except in cases where the signing and execution
thereof  shall be  expressly  delegated  by the board of  directors  or by these
bylaws to some other officer or agent of the  corporation,  or shall be required
by law to be otherwise  signed or  executed;  and in general  shall  perform all
duties  incident  to the office of  president  and such  other  duties as may be
prescribed by the board of directors from time to time.

                  Section 9. The Vice-President. If appointed, in the absence of
the  president  or in the event of his death,  inability  or refusal to act, the
vice-president  (or in the  event  there be more  than one  vice-president,  the
vice-presidents in the order designated at the time of their appointment,  or in
the absence of any designation,  then in the order of their  appointment)  shall
perform  the duties of the  president,  and when so  acting,  shall have all the
powers  of and be  subject  to all the  restrictions  upon  the  president.  Any
vice-president  may  sign,  with  the  secretary  or  an  assistant   secretary,
certificates for shares of the corporation;  and shall perform such other duties
as from time to time may be assigned to him by the  president or by the board of
directors.

                  Section 10.  The Secretary.  The secretary shall: (a) keep the
minutes of the proceedings of the  shareholders and of the board of directors in
one or more books provided for that  purpose;  (b) see that all notices are duly

                                       41
<PAGE>

given in accordance  with the  provisions of these bylaws or as required by law;
(c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation and
see that the seal of the  corporation  is affixed to all documents the execution
of which on behalf of the  corporation  under its seal is duly  authorized;  (d)
when requested or required,  authenticate  any records of the  corporation,  (e)
keep a register of the post office  address of each  shareholder;  (f) sign with
the president, or a vice-president,  certificates for shares of the corporation,
the issuance of which shall have been  authorized  by resolution of the board of
directors;  (g)  have  general  charge  of  the  stock  transfer  books  of  the
corporation;  and (h) in general  perform  all duties  incident to the office of
secretary  and such other  duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by
the  President or by the board of  directors;  provided  that the  Secretary may
delegate the responsibilities set forth in clauses (e) and (g) above to the duly
appointed stock transfer agent of the corporation.

                  Section 11. The Treasurer. If appointed,  the treasurer shall:
(a) have charge and custody of and be  responsible  for all funds and securities
of the corporation;  (b) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to
the corporation from any source  whatsoever,  and deposit all such moneys in the
name of the corporation in such banks,  trust companies or other depositories as
shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Article V; (c) in general
perform  all of the duties  incident to the office of  treasurer  and such other
duties as from time to time may be  assigned to him by the  president  or by the
board of directors;  and (d) if there is no  vice-president,  then the Treasurer
shall  perform  such  duties  of the  president.  If  required  by the  board of
directors,  the  treasurer  shall give a bond for the faithful  discharge of his
duties in such sum and with such surety or  sureties  as the board of  directors
shall determine.

                  Section 12.  Assistant  Secretaries and Assistant  Treasurers.
The assistant secretaries,  when authorized by the board of directors,  may sign
with  the  president  or  a  vice-president   certificates  for  shares  of  the
corporation  the issuance of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of
the  board of  directors.  The  assistant  treasurers  shall,  respectively,  if
required by the board of  directors,  give bonds for the  faithful  discharge of
their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the board of directors shall
determine. The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall
perform  such  duties  as  shall be  assigned  to them by the  secretary  or the
treasurer, respectively, or by the president or the board of directors.

                  Section 13.  Salaries.  The salaries of the officers  shall be
fixed  from  time to time by the  board of  directors  and no  officer  shall be
prevented  from  receiving  such  salary by reason of the fact that he is also a
director of the corporation.

                ARTICLE V. CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

                  Section 1. Contracts. The board of directors may authorize any
officer or  officers,  agent or agents to enter into any contract or execute and
deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

                                       42
<PAGE>

                  Section 2.  Loans.  No loans shall be contracted  on behalf of
the  corporation  and no evidences of  indebtedness  shall be issued in its name
unless authorized by a resolution of the board of directors.  Such authority may
be general or confined to specific instances.

                  Section 3. Checks,  Drafts,  Etc. All checks,  drafts or other
orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued
in the name of the  corporation  shall be signed by such  officer  or  officers,
agent or agents of the corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time
be determined by resolution of the board of directors.

                  Section  4.  Deposits.   All  funds  of  the  corporation  not
otherwise  employed  shall be  deposited  from time to time to the credit of the
corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as the board of
directors may select.

                           ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION

                  Section 1. Indemnification.  To the extent allowed by law, the
Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party  to any  threatened,  pending  or  completed  action,  suit,  or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal,  administrative, or investigative by reason
of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or
was a  director  or  officer of the  Corporation  serving at the  request of the
Corporation as a director,  officer,  employee, or agent of another corporation,
partnership,   joint  venture,  trust  or  other  enterprise  against  expenses,
(including  attorney's  fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably  incurred by him in connection with the action,  suit or
proceeding,  except  in  relation  to  matters  as to which he shall be  finally
adjudged in such action,  suit or proceeding to be liable for willful misconduct
in the performance of his duties.  Indemnification under this Section 1 shall be
considered a contractual right of the indemnified parties.

                  Section   2.   General   Terms   of    Indemnification.    The
indemnification  and advancement of expenses provided by this Article may not be
construed  to be  exclusive  of any of the  rights  to  which a  person  seeking
indemnification  or  advancement  of  expenses  may be  entitled  under any law,
by-law, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise,
both as to an action in his  official  capacity  and as to an action in  another
capacity while holding office.

                  Section 3. Advances. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or
criminal action,  suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance
of the final  disposition of the action,  suit or proceeding  upon receipt of an
undertaking  by or on behalf of the  director or officer that he shall repay the
amount  advanced  if  it  is  ultimately  determined  by a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction  that he is not entitled to be  indemnified  by the  Corporation as
authorized by this Article.

                                       43
<PAGE>

                  Section 4. Scope of  Indemnification.  The indemnification and
advancement  of expenses  authorized  by this Article shall apply to all present
and future  directors and officers of the  Corporation  and shall continue as to
such persons who cease to be directors or officers of the  Corporation and shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs,  executors,  and  administrators  of all such
persons and shall be in addition to all other indemnification and advancement of
expenses provided by law.

                  Section  5.  Insurance.   The  Corporation  may  purchase  and
maintain  insurance  on behalf of any person who is or was a director,  officer,
employee,  or agent of the  Corporation,  or is or was serving at the request of
the  Corporation  as  a  director,   officer,   employee  or  agent  of  another
corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any
liability  asserted  against  him and  incurred  by him in any such  capacity or
arising out of his status in any such capacity,  whether or not the  Corporation
would have the power to  indemnify  him  against  any such  liability  under the
provisions  of this  Article  or the  laws of the  State of Utah as the same may
hereafter be amended or modified.

                  Section 6.  Severability.  If any provision of this Article or
the application of such provision to any person or  circumstance  shall be found
by a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to be  invalid  or  unenforceable  the
remainder of this  Article or the  application  of such  provision to persons or
circumstances  other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable,
shall not be affected thereby.  It is the intent of the Corporation to indemnify
all parties set forth in this Article to the full extent provided by law.

             ARTICLE VII. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

                  Section 1.  Certificates for Shares.

                  (a)   Content.   Certificates   representing   shares  of  the
corporation  shall  at  minimum,  state on  their  face the name of the  issuing
corporation and that it is formed under the laws of Utah, the name of the person
to whom issued;  and the number and class of shares and the  designation  of the
series, if any, the certificate represents; and be in such form as determined by
the board of directors.  Such certificates  shall be signed (either manually or,
if  countersigned by the duly appointed stock transfer agent of the corporation,
by facsimile) by the  president or a  vice-president  and by the secretary or an
assistant  secretary  and may be sealed  with a  corporate  seal or a  facsimile
thereof.  Each  certificate  for  shares  shall  be  consecutively  numbered  or
otherwise identified.

                  (b)  Legend  as to  Class or  Series.  If the  corporation  is
authorized  to issue  different  classes of shares or different  series within a
class, the designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations applicable
to each class and the variations in relative rights, preferences and limitations
determined  for each  series (and the  authority  of the board of  directors  to
determine  variations  for any  existing  or  future  class or  series)  must be
summarized on the front or back of each certificate. Alternatively, each

                                       44
<PAGE>

certificate  may state  conspicuously  on its front or back that the corporation
will furnish the shareholder  this information on request in writing and without
charge.

                  (c) Restrictions on Transfer.  Any restriction on the transfer
or registration of transfer of shares must be noted  conspicuously  on the front
or back of the share certificate.

                  (d)  Shareholder  List.  The name and address of the person to
whom the shares  represented  thereby are issued,  with the number of shares and
date of issue, shall be entered on the transfer books of the corporation.

                  (e) Transferring  Shares. All certificates  surrendered to the
corporation  for transfer  shall be cancelled  and no new  certificate  shall be
issued until the former  certificate for a like number of shares shall have been
surrendered  and  cancelled,  except  that  in case  of a  lost,  destroyed,  or
mutilated  certificate  a new one may be issued  therefor  upon  such  terms and
indemnity to the corporation as the board of directors may prescribe.

                  Section   2.   Registration   of  the   Transfer   of  Shares.
Registration of the transfer of shares of the corporation  shall be made only on
the transfer books of the corporation.  To register a transfer, the record owner
shall  surrender  the  shares  to the  corporation  for  cancellation,  properly
endorsed by the appropriate  person or persons with  reasonable  assurances that
the  endorsements  are  genuine  and  effective.   Unless  the  corporation  has
established a procedure by which a beneficial  owner of shares held by a nominee
is to be recognized by the  corporation  as the owner,  the person in whose name
shares stand on the books of the corporation  shall be deemed by the corporation
to be the owner thereof for all purposes.

                  Section 3.        Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.

                  (a)  Restrictions  Permitted.   The  board  of  directors  (or
shareholders)  may  impose  restrictions  on the  transfer  or  registration  of
transfer of shares (including any security convertible into, or carrying a right
to subscribe for or acquire shares). A restriction does not affect shares issued
before the  restriction was adopted unless the holders of the shares are parties
to the restriction agreement or voted in favor of the restriction.

                  (b) Authorized Purposes for Restrictions. A restriction on the
transfer or registration of transfer of shares may be authorized:

                           (1)      to maintain the corporation's status when it
                                    is dependent  on the  number or  identity of
                                    its shareholders;

                           (2)      to  preserve   entitlements,   benefits,  or
                                    exemptions  under  federal,  state  or local
                                    laws;

                           (3)      to provide continuity in  the ownership  and
                                    management of the corporation; or

                                       45
<PAGE>

                           (4)      for any other reasonable purpose.

                  (c) Types of  Restrictions  Authorized.  A restriction  on the
transfer or registration of transfer of shares may:

                           (1)      obligate the shareholder  first to offer the
                                    corporation  or other  persons  (separately,
                                    consecutively,    or    simultaneously)   an
                                    opportunity   to  acquire   the   restricted
                                    shares;

                           (2)      obligate the  corporation  or other  persons
                                    (separately,        consecutively,        or
                                    simultaneously)  to acquire  the  restricted
                                    shares;

                           (3)      require   the   corporation,   any   of  its
                                    shareholders  or any one or more  persons to
                                    approve  the  transfer  or  registration  of
                                    transfer of the  restricted  shares,  if the
                                    requirement is not manifestly unreasonable;

                           (4)      require   the   shareholder   to   establish
                                    compliance   with  federal  and  state  laws
                                    regarding registration of the offer and sale
                                    of securities; or

                           (5)      prohibit the transfer or the registration of
                                    a  transfer  of  the  restricted  shares  to
                                    designated persons or classes of persons, if
                                    the    prohibition    is   not    manifestly
                                    unreasonable.

                  (d) Disclosure of Restrictions  Required. A restriction on the
transfer or registration of transfer of shares is valid and enforceable  against
the holder or a transferee  of the holder if the  restriction  is  authorized by
this section or the Act and its existence is noted conspicuously on the front or
back of the share  certificate  or is  contained  in the  information  statement
required by Section 2 of this Article VII with regard to shares  issued  without
certificates. Unless so noted, a restriction is not enforceable against a person
without knowledge of the restriction.

                  Section 4.        Corporation's Acquisition of Shares.

                  (a) Acquisition  Authorized.   Subject  to   the  restrictions
contained in Utah Code Ann.  ss.16-10a-640(3),  the  corporation may acquire its
own shares and the shares so acquired constitute authorized but unissued shares.

                  (b) When  Amendment of Articles  Required.  If the articles of
incorporation  prohibit the reissue of acquired shares, the number of authorized
shares is reduced by the number of shared acquired,  effective upon amendment of
the articles of incorporation,  which amendment shall be adopted by the board of
directors  without  shareholder  action.  The  articles  of  amendment  must  be
delivered to the Utah  Department  of  Commerce,  Division of  Corporations  and
Commercial Code and must set forth:

                                       46
<PAGE>

                           (1)      the name of the corporation;

                           (2)      the reduction  in the number  of  authorized
                                    shares, itemized by class and series;

                           (3)      the  total  number  of  authorized   shares,
                                    itemized  by  class  and  series,  remaining
                                    after reduction of the shares; and

                           (4)      a statement  that the  amendment was adopted
                                    by   the   board   of   directors    without
                                    shareholder   action  and  that  shareholder
                                    action was not required.

                            ARTICLE VIII. FISCAL YEAR

                  The fiscal year of the  corporation shall be  a 52- or 53-week
year  ending on Friday  of the week  which  contains  the last  business  day of
December.

                            ARTICLE IX. DISTRIBUTIONS

                  The board of directors may authorize,  and the corporation may
make,  distributions  (including  dividends  on its  outstanding  shares) in the
manner, and upon the terms and conditions  provided by law and the corporation's
articles of incorporation.

                            ARTICLE X. CORPORATE SEAL

                  The  board  of  directors  may in  its  discretion  provide  a
corporate seal.

                             ARTICLE XI. AMENDMENTS

                  Section 1.  Restrictions  on  Amendments.   The  corporation's
board of directors may amend or repeal the corporation's bylaws unless:

                  (a)      the articles of incorporation or the Act reserve this
power exclusively to the shareholders in whole or in part; or

                  (b) the  shareholders  in adopting,  amending,  or repealing a
particular bylaw provide  expressly that the board of directors may not amend or
repeal that bylaw.

                  Section  2.  Amendment  by  Shareholders.   The  corporation's
shareholders may amend or repeal the corporation's bylaws even though the bylaws
may also be amended or repealed by its board of directors.

                                       47
<PAGE>

                          ARTICLE XII. EMERGENCY BYLAWS

                  The  following   provisions   shall  be  effective  during  an
emergency  which is  defined  as when a quorum  of the  corporation's  directors
cannot be readily assembled because of some catastrophic event.

                  During such emergency:

                           (a)      Notice of Board Meetings.  Any one member of
the board of  directors or any one of the  following  officers:  president,  any
vice-president,  secretary,  or  treasurer,  may call a meeting  of the board of
directors.  Notice of such meeting need to given only to those directors whom it
is practicable to reach, and may be given in any practical manner,  including by
publication  and radio.  Such notice  shall be given at least six hours prior to
commencement of the meeting.

                           (b)      Temporary Directors and Quorum.  One or more
officers  of the  corporation  present at the  emergency  board  meeting,  as is
necessary  to achieve a quorum,  shall be  considered  to be  directors  for the
meeting, and shall so serve in order of rank, and within the same rank, in order
of seniority.  In the event that less than a quorum of the directors are present
(including  any officers who are to serve as directors for the  meeting),  those
directors present (including the officers serving as directors) shall constitute
a quorum.

                           (c)      Actions Permitted to be Taken.  The board as
constituted  in paragraph  (b),  and after notice as set forth in paragraph  (a)
may:

                           (1)      Officers' Powers. Prescribe emergency powers
                                    to any officer of the corporation;

                           (2)      Delegation of  Any Power.  Delegate  to  any
                                    officer or  director, any of  the powers  of
                                    the board of directors;

                           (3)      Lines  of  Succession.  Designate  lines  of
                                    succession  of officers  and agents,  in the
                                    event   that  any  of  them  are  unable  to
                                    discharge their duties;

                           (4)      Relocate   Principal   Place   of  Business.
                                    Relocate the principal place of business, or
                                    designate  successive  principal  places  of
                                    business;

                           (5)      All Other  Action.  Take any  other  action,
                                    convenient,  helpful,  or necessary to carry
                                    on the business of the corporation.

                                       48
<PAGE>

                 ARTICLE XIII. PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING MEETINGS

                  All  shareholder  and director  meetings shall be conducted in
accordance  with the rules and procedures set forth in the most current  edition
of Roberts' Rules of Order,  unless  otherwise  specified by the Chairman of the
Board or other presiding officer.


Amended and Restated June 9, 1997
Further Amended February 13, 1998
Further Amended March 30, 1998

                                       49
                



                                                     Warrant Certificate No. ___
                                                     _____ Warrants to Acquire
                                                     One Share Per Warrant

NEITHER  THE  WARRANTS  EVIDENCED  HEREBY NOR THE COMMON  SHARES  ISSUABLE  UPON
EXERCISE OF THESE WARRANTS HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE  "SECURITIES  ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY
NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD  WITHIN  THE UNITED  STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE  ACCOUNT OR
BENEFIT OF,  U.S.  PERSONS  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE  FOLLOWING  SENTENCE.  BY
ACQUISITION  HEREOF,  THE HOLDER (1)  REPRESENTS  THAT (A) IT IS AN  "ACCREDITED
INVESTOR"  (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT)  ("ACCREDITED
INVESTOR")  AND  (B) IT IS NOT A U.S.  PERSON  AND  IS  ACQUIRING  THE  WARRANTS
EVIDENCED HEREBY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION;  (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL
OR  OTHERWISE  TRANSFER  THE  WARRANTS  EVIDENCED  HEREBY OR THE  COMMON  SHARES
ISSUABLE  UPON  CONVERSION  OF SUCH  WARRANTS  EXCEPT (A) TO THE  COMPANY OR ANY
SUBSIDIARY  THEREOF,  (B) TO A QUALIFIED  INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH
RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO
SUCH  TRANSFER,  FURNISHES TO THE COMPANY,  A SIGNED LETTER  CONTAINING  CERTAIN
REPRESENTATIONS  AND AGREEMENTS  RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE
WARRANTS  EVIDENCED  HEREBY (THE FORM OF WHICH  LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED  FROM THE
COMPANY),  (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904
OF REGULATION S UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE  EXEMPTION  FROM
REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR (F)
PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE
SECURITIES  ACT;  AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE
WARRANTS  EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE TRANSFERRED A NOTICE  SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT
OF THIS  LEGEND.  IN  CONNECTION  WITH ANY  TRANSFER OF THE  WARRANTS  EVIDENCED
HEREBY,  THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE  APPROPRIATE  BOX SET FORTH ON THE ASSIGNMENT
FORM RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS  CERTIFICATE TO THE
COMPANY.  IF THE PROPOSED  TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (E) ABOVE,
THE  HOLDER  MUST,  PRIOR  TO  SUCH  TRANSFER,  FURNISH  TO  THE  COMPANY,  SUCH
CERTIFICATIONS,   LEGAL  OPINIONS  OR  OTHER  INFORMATION  AS  THE  COMPANY  MAY
REASONABLY  REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH  TRANSFER IS BEING MADE  PURSUANT TO AN
EXEMPTION  FROM,  OR  IN  A  TRANSACTION   NOT  SUBJECT  TO,  THE   REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS  OF THE  SECURITIES  ACT.  AS  USED  HEREIN,  THE  TERMS  "OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION,"  "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM
BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

                                       50
<PAGE>

                                                             CUSIP # U31656 11 6
                                                          ISIN # USU 31656 11 61

 These         Warrants  shall cease to be  exercisable  and shall be void after
               5:00 p.m., Simi Valley, California time, on February 20, 2000


                         COMMON SHARE PURCHASE WARRANTS
                                       OF
                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.


FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  Fields  Aircraft  Spares,  Inc.  (the  "Company"),  a Utah
corporation, hereby certifies that ___________________________, whose address is
_________________________________,  or his permitted  assigns,  is the holder of
____________  Warrants  to purchase  from the  Company  one Common  Share of the
Company,  par value $.05,  per Warrant,  subject to the  conditions and upon the
terms of these Warrants,  at any time or from time to time after the date hereof
and prior to 5:00 p.m. Simi Valley,  California time, on February 20, 2000, at a
per share  exercise price of $13.00 per share (subject to adjustment as provided
herein).  Hereinafter  (i) said common  shares,  together  with any other equity
securities  that  may be  issued  by the  Company  with  respect  thereto  or in
substitution  therefor,  is  referred to as "Common  Stock,"  (ii) the shares of
Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder  are  referred to as the "Warrant  Shares,"
(iii) the  aggregate  purchase  price payable  hereunder for the Warrant  Shares
calculated as set forth in Paragraph 1 is referred to as the "Aggregate  Warrant
Price,"  (iv) the price  payable  hereunder  for each of the  Warrant  Shares is
referred  to as the "Per  Share  Warrant  Price,"  (v) these  Warrants,  and all
warrants  hereafter  issued in exchange or  substitution  for these Warrants are
referred to as the "Warrants" and (vi) the holder of these Warrants are referred
to as the "Holder."

         The Per Share Warrant  Price is subject to  adjustment  pursuant to the
anti-dilution  provisions  of  Paragraph  hereof.  In  the  event  of  any  such
adjustment,  the number of Warrant  Shares  shall be adjusted  by  dividing  the
Aggregate  Warrant Price by the Per Share  Warrant  Price in effect  immediately
after such adjustment.

         1. Exercise of Warrants.  These Warrants may be exercised,  in whole at
any time or in part from time to time during the period (the "Exercise  Period")
commencing on the date hereof,  and ending on 5:00 p.m. Simi Valley,  California
time then current on February 20, 2000,  by the Holder of these  Warrants by the
surrender  of these  Warrants  (with the  exercise  form at the end hereof  duly
executed)  at the address set forth in  Subsection  (a)  hereof,  together  with
payment of the Aggregate  Warrant Price,  or the  proportionate  part thereof if
these  Warrants are exercised in part.  Payment for Warrant Shares shall be made
by certified or official  bank check or wire transfer of  immediately  available
funds payable to the order of "Fields Aircraft Spares,

                                       51
<PAGE>

Inc." The Warrants shall expire, and exercise shall no longer be allowed, to the
extent the Warrants  have not been  exercised by the  expiration of the Exercise
Period.

         2. Partial  Exercise of Warrant.  If these  Warrants  are  exercised in
part,  these  Warrants  must be exercised  for a minimum of 100 shares of Common
Stock and if the  Exercise  Period has not  expired  the Holder is  entitled  to
receive new Warrants  covering the number of Warrant  Shares in respect of which
these Warrants have not been exercised and setting forth the proportionate  part
of the Aggregate  Warrant Price  applicable  to such Warrant  Shares.  Upon such
surrender  of these  Warrants,  the  Company  will (a)  issue a  certificate  or
certificates in the name of the Holder for the largest number of whole shares of
Common  Stock to which the Holder shall be entitled  and, if these  Warrants are
exercised in whole, in lieu of any fractional share of the Common Stock to which
the Holder  shall be entitled,  cash equal to the fair value of such  fractional
share  (determined  in such  reasonable  manner as the Board of Directors of the
Company  shall  determine),  and (b) deliver the  proportionate  part thereof if
these  Warrants  are  exercised  in  part,  pursuant  to the  provisions  of the
Warrants. The Warrants shall expire, and exercise shall no longer be allowed, to
the  extent  the  Warrants  have not been  exercised  by the  expiration  of the
Exercise Period.

         3. Redemption of Warrants.  The Warrants are redeemable by the Company,
in whole or in part, on not less than thirty (30) days' prior written  notice at
a redemption  price of $.01 per Warrant at any time,  provided  that the closing
price of the Common Stock has  maintained an average of $20.00 (the  "Redemption
Level") for any twenty (20) trading days ending  within 50 days prior to the day
on which the Company gives notice of redemption.  The redemption notice shall be
mailed to the holders of the Warrants at their addresses set forth in Subsection
10(b) hereof.  Holders of the Warrants will have exercise rights until the close
of business on the date fixed for  redemption.  If an  adjustment is made to the
Per Share Warrant Price in Section 5(b) below, a corresponding  adjustment shall
be made to the Redemption Level.

         4. Reservation of Warrant Shares.  The Company will at all times during
the Exercise  Period have  authorized  and  reserved,  and will keep  available,
solely for issuance or delivery upon the exercise of the  Warrants,  the Warrant
Shares.

         5.       Anti-Dilution Provisions.

                  (a) If, at any time or from time to time after the date of the
Warrants,  the  Company  shall  distribute  property or assets to all holders of
Common  Stock  (excluding  (x)  dividends  paid in,  or  distributions  of,  the
Company's  capital  stock for which the  number  of  Warrant  Shares  receivable
hereunder shall have been adjusted pursuant to Subsection (b), and (y) dividends
or distributions  paid in cash) (any of the foregoing being  hereinafter in this
Subsection  (a) called the  "Property"),  then,  in each such case,  the Company
shall reserve  sufficient  Property for distribution to the Holder upon exercise
of the Warrants so that,  in addition to the shares of Common Stock to which the
Holder is entitled,  the Holder will  receive upon such  exercise the amount and
kind of such Property which such Holder would have received if the Holder had,

                                       52
<PAGE>

immediately  prior to the  record  date for the  distribution  of the  Property,
exercised the Warrants.  Notice of each such distribution  shall be given to the
Holder  concurrently  with any  notice  given to the  holders  of  Common  Stock
regarding such distribution.

                  (b) In case the Company shall  hereafter (i) pay a dividend or
make a distribution on its Common Stock payable in shares of capital stock, (ii)
subdivide  its  outstanding  shares of  Common  Stock  into a greater  number of
shares,  (iii)  combine its  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock into a smaller
number of shares  or (iv)  issue by  reclassification  of its  Common  Stock any
shares of capital  stock of the  Company,  then,  in any such event,  the Holder
shall be entitled to receive the aggregate  number and kind of shares which,  if
the  Warrants  had been  exercised  immediately  prior to the  record  date with
respect  to  the  dividend  or   distribution  or  the  effective  date  of  the
subdivision,  combination  or  reclassification,  he would have been entitled to
receive by virtue of such dividend,  distribution,  subdivision,  combination or
reclassification,  and  the Per  Share  Warrant  Price  shall  be  appropriately
adjusted.  Such adjustment shall be made successively  whenever any event listed
above shall occur.  An  adjustment  made pursuant to this  subsection  (b) shall
become effective  immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend or
distribution and shall become effective  immediately after the effective date in
the case of a subdivision,  combination or reclassification.  If, as a result of
an adjustment made pursuant to this subsection (b), the Holder of these Warrants
shall become  entitled to receive shares of two or more classes of capital stock
or shares of Common Stock and other  capital  stock of the  Company,  then these
Warrants  may  thereafter  be  exercised  for units  consisting  of whole number
multiples of each such securities, as designated by the Board of Directors.

                  (c) In case of any of the  following  events  (each  of  which
shall be deemed a  "Reorganization  Event"):  (i) any consolidation or merger to
which the Company is a party,  other than a merger or consolidation in which the
Company is the  continuing  corporation,  (ii) any sale or conveyance to another
entity of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the Company  (including  a
sale  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  for  a
consideration  consisting  primarily  of  securities)  or  (iii)  any  statutory
exchange of securities with another corporation (including any exchange effected
in connection with a merger of a third party into the Company), the Holder shall
have the right  thereafter to receive upon  exercise of these  Warrants the kind
and amount of  securities,  cash or other  property which he would have owned or
have been entitled to receive  immediately after such  Reorganization  Event had
such Warrants been  converted  immediately  prior to the effective  date of such
Reorganization Event and in any such case, if necessary,  appropriate adjustment
shall be made in the  application  of the  provisions  set forth in this Section
with  respect to the rights and  interests  thereafter  of the Holder to the end
that the provisions set forth in this Section shall  thereafter  correspondingly
be made applicable, as nearly as may reasonably be, in relation to any shares of
stock or other securities or property thereafter  deliverable on the exercise of
these Warrants.  The foregoing provisions of this Subsection (c) shall similarly
apply to successive  Reorganization  Events.  Notice of any Reorganization Event
and of said  provisions so proposed to be made shall be mailed to the Holder not
less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such event.

                                       53
<PAGE>

                  (d)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Section,  no
adjustment  in the Per  Share  Warrant  Price  shall  be  required  unless  such
adjustment  would require an increase or decrease of at least $0.10 per share of
Common Stock and no  adjustment  in the number of Warrant  Shares  issuable upon
exercise of these Warrants shall be required if such adjustment  would represent
less than one  percent  of the  number  of  Warrant  Shares to be so  delivered;
provided,  however,  that any adjustments which by reason of this Subsection (d)
are not  required to be made shall be carried  forward and taken into account in
any subsequent adjustment, and provided further, however, that adjustments shall
be required and made in accordance  with the  provisions of this Section  (other
than this  Subsection  (d)) not later than such time as may be required in order
to  preserve  the  tax-free  nature  of  a  distribution  to  the  Holder.   All
calculations  under this  Section  shall be made to the  nearest  cent or to the
nearest  1/100th of a share, as the case may be. Anything in this Section to the
contrary notwithstanding,  the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions
in the Per Share Warrant  Price,  in addition to those required by this Section,
as it in its  discretion  shall  deem to be  advisable  in order  that any stock
dividend,  subdivision of shares, or distribution of rights to purchase stock or
securities  convertible or exchangeable  for stock hereafter made by the Company
to its shareholders shall not be taxable.

                  (e)  Whenever  the Per  Share  Warrant  Price is  adjusted  as
provided in this Section and upon any  modification  of the rights of the Holder
of these  Warrants in accordance  with this Section,  the Company shall promptly
prepare a certificate of the Company's  Chief Financial  Officer,  setting forth
the Per  Share  Warrant  Price and the  number  of  Warrant  Shares  after  such
adjustment or the effect or such  modification,  a brief  statement of the facts
requiring such adjustment or  modification  and the manner of computing the same
and cause a copy of such certificate to be mailed to the Holder.

                  (f) If the Board of Directors of the Company shall declare any
dividend or other  distribution  in cash with respect to the Common  Stock,  the
Company  shall mail notice  thereof to the Holder not less than 15 days prior to
the record date fixed for  determining  shareholders  entitled to participate in
such dividend or other distribution.

         6. Fully Paid Stock;  Taxes. The shares of the Common Stock represented
by each and every  certificate  for Warrant Shares  delivered on the exercise of
these  Warrants  shall,  at the time of such  delivery,  be  validly  issued and
outstanding,  fully paid and non-assessable,  and not subject to any pre-emptive
rights, and the Company will take all such actions as may be necessary to assure
that the par value or stated value,  if any, per share of the Common Stock is at
all times equal to or less than the then Per Share  Warrant  Price.  The Company
shall pay, when due and payable,  any and all Federal and state stamp,  original
issue or  similar  taxes  which may be  payable  in  respect of the issue of any
Warrant Share or certificate therefor.

                                       54
<PAGE>

         7.       Transfer.

                  (a)  Securities  Laws.  Neither these Warrants nor the Warrant
Shares  issuable  upon the exercise  hereof have been  registered in reliance on
Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"
or the  "Securities  Act") or under  any  state  securities  laws and  unless so
registered may not be  transferred,  sold,  pledged,  hypothecated  or otherwise
disposed of except  pursuant to  Regulation  S under the Act unless an exemption
from such  registration  is available.  Except as provided in subsection  (b) of
this Section, these Warrants shall bear the following legend:

         NEITHER THE WARRANTS  EVIDENCED  HEREBY NOR THE COMMON SHARES  ISSUABLE
         UPON  EXERCISE OF THESE  WARRANTS HAVE BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE U.S.
         SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE
         SECURITIES  LAWS,  AND MAY NOT BE  OFFERED  OR SOLD  WITHIN  THE UNITED
         STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S.  PERSONS EXCEPT AS
         SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE.  BY ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER
         (1) REPRESENTS  THAT (A) IT IS AN "ACCREDITED  INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN
         RULE 501(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT)  ("ACCREDITED  INVESTOR") AND (B)
         IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THE WARRANTS  EVIDENCED HEREBY
         IN AN  OFFSHORE  TRANSACTION;  (2)  AGREES  THAT IT WILL NOT  RESELL OR
         OTHERWISE  TRANSFER THE WARRANTS  EVIDENCED HEREBY OR THE COMMON SHARES
         ISSUABLE UPON  CONVERSION OF SUCH WARRANTS EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR
         ANY  SUBSIDIARY  THEREOF,  (B) TO A  QUALIFIED  INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER IN
         COMPLIANCE  WITH  RULE  144A  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT,  (C)  TO  AN
         ACCREDITED  INVESTOR  THAT,  PRIOR TO SUCH  TRANSFER,  FURNISHES TO THE
         COMPANY,  A  SIGNED  LETTER  CONTAINING  CERTAIN   REPRESENTATIONS  AND
         AGREEMENTS  RELATING TO THE  RESTRICTIONS  ON TRANSFER OF THE  WARRANTS
         EVIDENCED  HEREBY (THE FORM OF WHICH  LETTER CAN BE  OBTAINED  FROM THE
         COMPANY),  (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR
         RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES  ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE
         EXEMPTION FROM  REGISTRATION  PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES
         ACT (IF  AVAILABLE) OR (F) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  WHICH
         HAS BEEN DECLARED  EFFECTIVE  UNDER THE SECURITIES  ACT; AND (3) AGREES
         THAT IT WILL  DELIVER  TO EACH  PERSON TO WHOM THE  WARRANTS  EVIDENCED
         HEREBY ARE  TRANSFERRED  A NOTICE  SUBSTANTIALLY  TO THE EFFECT OF THIS
         LEGEND.  IN  CONNECTION  WITH ANY  TRANSFER OF THE  WARRANTS  EVIDENCED
         HEREBY,  THE  HOLDER  MUST CHECK THE  APPROPRIATE  BOX SET FORTH ON THE
         ASSIGNMENT FORM RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS
         CERTIFICATE  TO THE COMPANY.  IF THE  PROPOSED  TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO
         CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (E) ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER,

                                       55
<PAGE>

         FURNISH TO THE COMPANY,  SUCH  CERTIFICATIONS,  LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER
         INFORMATION AS THE COMPANY MAY REASONABLY  REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH
         TRANSFER  IS  BEING  MADE  PURSUANT  TO  AN  EXEMPTION  FROM,  OR  IN A
         TRANSACTION  NOT  SUBJECT  TO,  THE  REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS  OF THE
         SECURITIES  ACT.  AS USED  HEREIN,  THE TERMS  "OFFSHORE  TRANSACTION,"
         "UNITED  STATES" AND "U.S.  PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS  GIVEN TO THEM BY
         REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

                  (b)  Conditions  to Transfer.  In the event Holder  desires to
transfer these Warrants or (in the absence of registration  under the Securities
Act) any of the Warrant  Shares  issued,  the Holder must give the Company prior
written notice of such proposed  transfer  including the name and address of the
proposed  transferee and shall check the  appropriate box on the Assignment Form
relating  to the  manner of such  transfer.  Such  transfer  may be made only in
accordance with Section 7(a) and the terms on the Assignment Form including,  if
necessary,  receipt by the Company of an opinion of Holder's counsel  acceptable
to the Company,  to the effect that the proposed  transfer  will not violate the
provisions  of the  Securities  Act, the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended,  or the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated  under  either  such  act
(collectively,  the "Securities Laws"). Prior to any such proposed transfer, and
as a condition  thereto,  if such  transfer is not made pursuant to an effective
registration  statement  under the Securities Act, the Holder will, if requested
by  the  Company,  deliver  to  the  Company  any  representation  or  agreement
reasonably requested to determine compliance with the Securities Laws.

                  (c)  Indemnity.   The  Holder  acknowledges  that  the  Holder
understands the meaning and legal consequences of this Section 7, and the Holder
hereby shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company,  its  representatives  and
each officer,  director and control  person thereof from and against any and all
loss,  damage or liability  (including all attorneys' fees and costs incurred in
enforcing this indemnity  provision) due to or arising out of (i) the inaccuracy
of any  representation or the breach of any warranty of the Holder contained in,
or any other breach of, these Warrants, (ii) any transfer of the Warrants or any
of the  Warrant  Shares in  violation  of the  Securities  Act,  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated under
either of such acts,  (iii) any  transfer of the  Warrants or any of the Warrant
Shares not in  accordance  with these  Warrants or (iv) any untrue  statement or
omission  to  state  any  material  fact  in  connection   with  the  investment
representations or with respect to the facts and representations supplied by the
Holder or its  agents to the  Company  or its  counsel  in  connection  with any
transfer or proposed transfer of the Warrants or any Warrant Shares.

                  (d)  Transfer.  Except as  provided  in this  Section 7, these
Warrants and the Warrant Shares issued may be transferred by the Holder in whole
or in part at any time or from time to time after 90 days  following  the latest
date of original  issuance of the Warrants.  Upon surrender of these Warrants to
the  Company  or at the office of its stock  transfer  agent,  if any,  with the
Assignment Form annexed hereto duly executed and funds sufficient to pay any

                                       56
<PAGE>

transfer tax, and upon  compliance  with the foregoing  provisions,  the Company
shall,  without  charge,  execute and  deliver  new  Warrants in the name of the
assignee or assignees named in such Assignment Form (and if the entire amount of
the Warrants is not being  transferred,  in the name of the  Holder),  and these
Warrants  shall  promptly  be  cancelled.  Any  assignment,   transfer,  pledge,
hypothecation or other disposition of these Warrants  attempted  contrary to the
provisions  of these  Warrants,  or any levy of  execution,  attachment or other
process attempted upon the Warrants, shall be null and void and without effect.

         8. Loss, etc. of Warrants. Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the
Company of the loss, theft,  destruction or mutilation of these Warrants, and of
indemnity reasonably  satisfactory to the Company, if lost, stolen or destroyed,
and upon surrender and cancellation of these Warrants, if mutilated, the Company
shall  execute  and deliver to the Holder new  Warrants of like date,  tenor and
denomination.

         9. Warrant Holder Not Shareholder. Except as otherwise provided herein,
these  Warrants do not confer upon the Holder any right to vote or to consent to
or receive  notice as a shareholder  of the Company,  as such, in respect of any
matters  whatsoever,  or any other rights or liabilities as a shareholder of the
Company, either at law or in equity, and the rights of the Holder are limited to
those expressed in the Warrants.

         10. Communication.  No notice or other communication under the Warrants
shall be  effective  unless the same is in  writing  and is either (i) mailed by
first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  in which event the notice shall be deemed
effective  three  days  after  deposit  in  the  mails,  or  (ii)  delivered  by
established  delivery  service  which  guarantees  three  business  days or less
delivery,  in  which  event  the  notice  is  deemed  effective  on the  date of
guaranteed  delivery.  Regardless  of the  method  of  delivery,  the  notice or
communication shall be addressed to:

                  (a)  the  Company   at  2251-A   Ward  Avenue,   Simi  Valley,
California  93065,  Attention:  Chief Executive Officer or such other address as
the Company has designated in writing to the Holder, or

                  (b)  the  Holder  at the  address  indicated  in  the  opening
paragraph  hereof, or such other address as the Holder has designated in writing
to the Company.

         11.  Headings.  The  headings of the Warrants  have been  inserted as a
matter of convenience and shall not affect the construction hereof.

         12.      Applicable  Law.   The   Warrants  shall  be governed  by  and
construed in accordance  with the law of the State of Utah without giving effect
to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

         13.      Warrant  Register.  The Company will  register the Warrants in
the  Warrant  Register  in the  name of the  record  holder  to whom it has been
distributed  or assigned in accordance  with the terms  hereof.  The Company may

                                       57
<PAGE>

deem and treat the  registered  Holder of these  Warrants as the absolute  owner
hereof  (notwithstanding  any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made
by anyone) for the purpose of any  exercise  hereof or any  distribution  to the
Holder and for all other purposes,  and the Company shall not be affected by any
notice to the contrary.

         14.      Successors.  All of  the provisions  of the Warrants by or for
the benefit of the Company or the Holder  shall bind and inure to the benefit of
their respective successors and assigns.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Fields  Aircraft  Spares, Inc.  has  caused  this
Warrant  Certificate  to be signed by its  President  this 20th day of February,
1998.


                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.


                      By: ________________________________
                                 Alan M. Fields
                                    President

                                       58
<PAGE>

                                  EXERCISE FORM

                          To be executed by the Holder
                          in Order to Exercise Warrants


         The undersigned Holder hereby irrevocably elects to exercise __________
Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and to purchase the securities
issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants,  and requests that certificates for
such securities shall be issued in the Holder's name and be delivered to

                      -------------------------------------
                      -------------------------------------
                      -------------------------------------
                      -------------------------------------
                         [please print or type address]

and if such number of Warrants  shall not be all the Warrants  evidenced by this
Warrant  Certificate,  that a new  Warrant  Certificate  for the balance of such
Warrants  be  registered  in the name of,  and  delivered  to, the Holder at the
address stated above.

         The  undersigned  certifies that it is not a U.S.  person as defined in
Regulation S of the Securities Act and that the Warrants are not being exercised
on behalf of a U.S.
person.

         The undersigned  acknowledges  that, if this Exercise Form is submitted
prior to the Company having given notice that the issuance of the Warrant Shares
has been  registered  under the  Securities  Act, the Warrant  Shares  issued on
exercise will be "restricted  securities" and will bear appropriate  restrictive
legends.

Dated: _________________________            ____________________________________
                                                      Signature of Holder


                                            ------------------------------------


                                            ------------------------------------
                                                       Signature Guaranteed

                                            ------------------------------------

                                       59
<PAGE>

                                   ASSIGNMENT


                  For value received hereby  sell(s),  assign(s) and transfer(s)
unto   _________________________   (please  insert  social   security  or  other
identifying  number of assignee)  ____________________  Warrants to purchase one
Common  Share per  Warrant,  and hereby  irrevocably  constitutes  and  appoints
_________________________   attorney  to  transfer   _____________  Warrants  to
purchase one Common Share per  Warrant,  on the books of the Company,  with full
power of substitution in the premises.

                  In   connection   with  any   transfer  of  the  Warrants  the
undersigned confirms that such Warrant is being transferred:

         [ ]      To Fields Aircraft Spares, Inc. or a subsidiary thereof; or

         [ ]      Pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the
                  Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

         [ ]      To an accredited investor pursuant to and in compliance with
                  the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

         [ ]      Pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the
                  Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

         [ ]      Pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144 under the
                  Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                  Unless one of the boxes  above is checked,  the  Company  will
refuse to register  any of the within  Warrants in the name of any person  other
than the registered  holder  thereof (or hereof);  provided,  however,  that the
Company may, in its sole  discretion,  register the transfer of such Warrants if
it has received such certifications,  legal opinions and/or other information as
the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made
pursuant  to an  exemption  from,  or  in a  transaction  not  subject  to,  the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                  In addition,  if the transferee is an accredited investor or a
purchaser  who is not a U.S.  person,  the holder must  furnish to the  transfer
agent (i) in the case of an  accredited  investor,  a signed  letter  containing
certain  representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer
of the security  evidenced hereby in substantially  the form of Exhibit A to the
Warrants,   and  (ii)  such  other  certifications,   legal  opinions  or  other
information as it may reasonably  require to confirm that such transfer is being
made  pursuant to an exemption  from,  or in a  transaction  not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                                       60
<PAGE>


Dated: ______________________

- -----------------------------

- -----------------------------
Signature(s)

Signature(s)  must be guaranteed by an eligible  Guarantor  Institution  (banks,
stock brokers,  savings and loan associations and credit unions) with membership
in an approved signature  guarantee medallion program pursuant to Securities and
Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15.



- -----------------------------
Signature Guarantee


         NOTICE:  The signature on the conversion  notice or the assignment must
         correspond  with the name as written  upon the face of the  Warrants in
         every  particular  without  alteration  or  enlargement  or any  change
         whatever.

                                       61
<PAGE>

             EXHIBIT A - FORM OF TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE FOR WARRANTS
                      TO BE ISSUED TO ACCREDITED INVESTORS


Fields Aircraft Spares, Inc.
2251-A Ward Avenue
Simi Valley, California 93065

Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

                  Re:      Fields Aircraft Spares, Inc.
                           Warrants to Purchase
                           Common Shares (the "Warrants")

                  Reference is hereby made to the Warrant  Certificate  dated as
of February 20, 1998 (the "Warrant Certificate") of Fields Aircraft Spares, Inc.
(the  "Company").  Capitalized  terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Warrant Certificate.

                  The  undersigned is delivering  this letter in connection with
the transfer of Warrants to the undersigned.

                  The undersigned hereby confirms that:

                  (i) the  undersigned  is an "accredited  investor"  within the
meaning  of Rule  501(a)  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities Act"), or an entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited
investors  within  the  meaning  of Rule  501(a)  under the  Securities  Act (an
"Accredited Investor");

                  (ii) (A) any purchase of Warrants by the  undersigned  will be
for the  undersigned's  own  account  or for the  account  of one or more  other
Accredited Investors or as fiduciary for the account of one or more trusts, each
of which is an "accredited  investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(7) under
the Securities Act and for each of which we exercise sole investment  discretion
or (B) we are a "bank," within the meaning of Section  3(a)(2) of the Securities
Act, or a "savings  and loan  association"  or other  institution  described  in
Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act that is acquiring Warrants as fiduciary
for  the  account  of one or  more  institutions  for  which  we  exercise  sole
investment discretion;

                  (iii) the  undersigned  has such  knowledge and  experience in
financial and business matters that the undersigned is capable of evaluating the
merits and risks of purchasing Warrants;

                  (iv) the undersigned is not acquiring  Warrants with a view to
distribution  thereof  or with any  present  intention  of  offering  or selling
Warrants or the Common Stock issuable upon exercise thereof, except as permitted
below; provided that the disposition of the undersigned's  property and property
of any accounts for which the undersigned is acting as fiduciary shall remain at
all times within the undersigned's control; and

                                       62
<PAGE>

                  (v) the  undersigned  acknowledges  that it has had  access to
such  financial and other  information  as the  undersigned  deems  necessary in
connection with the undersigned's decision to purchase Warrants.

                  The undersigned understands that the Warrants have been issued
in a  transaction  not involving  any public  offering  within the United States
within the meaning of the Securities Act and that the Warrants and the shares of
Common Stock issuable upon exercise  thereof  (collectively,  the  "Securities")
have not been  registered  under  the  Securities  Act or any  applicable  state
securities laws, and the undersigned agrees, on the undersigned's own behalf and
on behalf of each account for which the  undersigned  acquires  any  Securities,
that if in the future the  undersigned  decides to resell or otherwise  transfer
such Securities, such Securities may be resold or otherwise transferred only (a)
to the Company or any  subsidiary  thereof,  (b) to a person who is a "qualified
institutional  buyer" (as  defined in Rule 144A under the  Securities  Act) in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (c) to an Accredited Investor
that,  prior  to  such  transfer,  furnishes  to the  transfer  agent  for  such
Securities a signed letter  containing  certain  representations  and agreements
relating to the  restrictions  on transfer of such Securities (the form of which
letter can be obtained  from such  Company),  (d) outside the United States in a
transaction  meeting the  requirements of Regulation S under the Securities Act,
(e) pursuant to the exemption from  registration  provided by Rule 144 under the
Securities Act (if applicable) or (f) pursuant to a registration  statement that
has been declared  effective under the Securities  Act. The  undersigned  agrees
that any such transfer of Securities  referred to in this paragraph  shall be in
accordance with applicable  securities laws of any State of the United States or
any other  applicable  jurisdiction and in accordance with the legends set forth
on the  Securities.  The  undersigned  further  agrees  to  provide  any  person
purchasing any of the  Securities  from the  undersigned a notice  advising such
purchaser that resales of such  Securities are restricted as stated herein.  The
undersigned  understands  that the  Company  will not be  required to accept for
registration  or transfer any Securities,  except upon  presentation of evidence
satisfactory  to the Company that the  foregoing  restrictions  on transfer have
been complied with. The undersigned further understands that any Securities will
bear a legend (unless the sale of the Securities has been  registered  under the
Securities Act) reflecting the substance of this paragraph.

                  The undersigned  acknowledges that the Transferor,  others and
you  will  rely  upon  the  undersigned's   confirmation,   acknowledgments  and
agreements set forth herein,  and the undersigned  agrees to notify you promptly
in writing if any of the  undersigned's  representations  or  warranties  herein
ceases to be accurate and complete.


Dated:  __________, ____


                                        -------------------------------------
                                               (Name of Transferor)


                                       By:_________________________________
                                         Name:
                                         Title:
                                         Address:

                                       63


                   AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

            STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE-GROSS
                (Do not use this form for Multi-Tenant Property)


1.   Basic Provisions ("Basic Provisions")
     1.1 Parties:  This Lease ("Lease"),  dated for reference purposes only, May
16,  1994,  is  made by and  between  Harold  Pease  ("Lessor")  and  FLIGHTWAYS
MANUFACTURING,  INC., A California  Corporation  ("Lessee"),  (collectively  the
"Parties," or individually a "Party").
     1.2  Premises:  That  certain real  property,  including  all  improvements
therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease,  and commonly
known by the street  address of 7660  Densmore  Avenue,  Van Nuys located in the
County of Los Angeles State of California  and generally  described as (describe
briefly the nature of the property) a 15,000 square foot industrial building and
two (2) metal storage structures on M-1 zoned land. ("Premises"). (See Paragraph
2 for further provisions.)
     1.3 Term: five (5) years and 0 months  ("Original  Term") commencing August
1, 1994 ("Commencement Date") and ending July 31, 1999 ("Expiration Date"). (See
Paragraph 3 for further provisions).
     1.4 Early  Possession:  June 1, 1994 to July 31,  1994  ("Early  Possession
Date") (See Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3 for further provisions.)
     1.5 Base Rent: $7,500.00 per month ("Base Rent"),  payable on the first day
of each  month  commencing  September  1,  1994  (See  Paragraph  4 for  further
provisions.)

[X]  If this box is  checked, there  are provisions  in this Lease  for the Base
     Rent to be adjusted.
     1.6 Base Rent Paid Upon  Execution:  $7,500.00  as Base Rent for the period
August, 1994 (Base rent for June and July 1994 is abated.
     1.7 Security Deposit:$ 30,000.00 * ("Security  Deposit").  (See Paragraph 5
for further provisions.)
     1.8 Permitted Use: manufacturing of aircraft seating components and related
legal uses. (See Paragraph 6 for further provisions.)
     1.9 Insuring  Party:  Lessor is the "Insuring  Party."  $_____ is the "Base
Premium." (See Paragraph 8 for further provisions.)
     1.10 Real Estate Brokers: The following real estate brokers  (collectively,
the "Brokers") and brokerage  relationships  exist in this  transaction  and are
consented to by the Parties (check applicable boxes):
     DELPHI BUSINESS PROPERTIES represents
[ ]  Lessor exclusively ("Lessor's Broker"); [X] both Lessee and Lessor, and N/A
     represents
[ ]  Lessee exclusively  ("Lessee's  Broker");  [ ] both Lessee and Lessor. (See
     Paragraph 15 for further provisions.)
     1.11  Guarantor.  The  obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be
guaranteed by (None) ("Guarantor"). (See Paragraph 37 for further provisions.)
     1.12  Addenda.  Attached  hereto is an  Addendum or Addenda  consisting  of
Paragraphs 49 through 55 and Exhibits  (None) all of which  constitute a part of
this Lease.

2.   Premises.
     2.1 Letting.  Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from
Lessor,  the Premises,  for the term, at the rental,  and upon all of the terms,
covenants and  conditions  set forth in this Lease.  Unless  otherwise  provided
herein,  any  statement of square  footage set forth in this Lease,  or that may
have been used in  calculating  rental,  is an  approximation  which  Lessor and
Lessee  agree is  reasonable  and the rental  based  thereon  is not  subject to
revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.
     2.2  Condition.  Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and free
of debris on the  Commencement  Date and  warrants to Lessee  that the  existing
plumbing,  fire sprinkler  system,  lighting,  air  conditioning,  heating,  and
loading doors, if any, in the Premises,  other than those constructed by Lessee,
shall  be  in  good  operating   condition  on  the  Commencement   Date.  If  a
non-compliance  with said warranty exists as of the  Commencement  Date,  Lessor
shall,  except as otherwise  provided in this Lease,  promptly  after receipt of
written notice from Lessee setting forth with  specificity the nature and extent
of such  non-compliance,  rectify same at Lessor's  expense.  If Lessee does not
give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance  with this warranty within thirty
(30) days after the Commencement Date,  correction of that non-compliance  shall
be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense.
     2.3 Compliance  with  Covenants,  Restrictions  and Building  Code.  Lessor
warrants  to  Lessee  that the  improvements  on the  Premises  comply  with all
applicable  covenants or restrictions  of record and applicable  building codes,
regulations  and ordinances in effect on the  Commencement  Date.  Said warranty
does not  apply  to the use to which  Lessee  will  put the  Premises  or to any
Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7 3(a)) made or to
be made by Lessee.  If the  Premises  do not comply with said  warranty,  Lessor
shall,  except as otherwise  provided in this Lease,  promptly  after receipt of
written notice from Lessee setting forth with  specificity the nature and extent
of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor's expense. If Lessee does not
give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within six (6)
months following the Commencement Date,  correction of that non-compliance shall
be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense.
     2.4  Acceptance of Premises.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges:  (a) that it has
been advised by the Brokers to satisfy  itself with respect to the  condition of
the Premises  (including  but not limited to the  electrical  and fire sprinkler
systems,  security,  environmental  aspects,  compliance  with Applicable Law as
defined in Paragraph 6.3) and the present and future suitability of the Premises
for Lessee's  intended  use, (b) that Lessee has made such  investigation  as it
deems  necessary with  reference to such matters and assumes all  responsibility
therefor as the same relate to Lessee's  occupancy  of the  Premises  and/or the
term of this Lease, and (c) that neither Lessor nor any of Lessor's agents,  has
made any oral or written  representations or warranties with respect to the said
matters other than as set forth in this Lease.
     2.5 Lessee  Prior  Owner/Occupant.  The  warranties  made by Lessor in this
Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately  prior to the date set
forth in Paragraph 1.1 Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such
event,   Lessee  shall,   at  Lessee's  sole  cost  and  expense,   correct  any
non-compliance of the Premises with said warranties.

3.   Term
     3.1 Term. The Commencement Date,  Expiration Date and Original Term of this
Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.
     3.2 Early Possession.  If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises
prior to the Commencement  Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated
for the period of such early possession. All other terms of this Lease, however,
shall be in effect  during  such  period.  Any such early  possession  shall not
affect nor advance the Expiration Date of the Original Term.

  *See Paragraph #52 on Addendum.                                Initials CJL
                                                                          HP
GROSS                                PAGE 64 

       (C) Copyright 1990-By American Industrial Real Estate Association.
               All rights reserved. No part of these works may be
              reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

                                                               FORM 105G-R-12/91
<PAGE>

     3.3 Delay In Possession. If for any reason Lessor cannot deliver possession
of the Premises to Lessee as agreed herein by the Early  Possession  Date if one
is specified in Paragraph 1.4, or, if no Early Possession Date is specified,  by
the Commencement  Date,  Lessor shall not be subject to any liability  therefor,
nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease,  or the obligations of
Lessee hereunder, or extend the term hereof, but in such case. Lessee shall not,
except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  be obligated to pay rent or perform any
other  obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease until Lessor  delivers
possession  of the  Premises to Lessee.  If  possession  of the  Premises is not
delivered to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the Commencement  Date,  Lessee
may,  at its  option,  by  notice in  writing  to  Lessor  within  ten (10) days
thereafter,  cancel this Lease,  in which event the Parties  shall be discharged
from all obligations hereunder;  provided,  however, that if such written notice
by Lessee is not  received by Lessor  within said ten (10) day period,  Lessee's
right to cancel this Lease shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.
Except as may be otherwise  provided,  and  regardless of when the term actually
commences,  if  possession is not tendered to Lessee when required by this Lease
and Lessee does not terminate this Lease,  as aforesaid,  the period free of the
obligation to pay Base Rent, if any,  that Lessee would  otherwise  have enjoyed
shall run from the date of  delivery of  possession  and  continue  for a period
equal to what Lessee would  otherwise  have enjoyed under the terms hereof,  but
minus any days of delay caused by the acts, changes or omissions of Lessee.

4.   Rent.
     4.1 Base Rent.  Lessee  shall cause  payment of Base Rent and other rent or
charges, as the same may be adjusted from time to time, to be received by Lessor
in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction,  on or before
the day on which it is due under the terms of this Lease Base Rent and all other
rent and  charges for any period  during the term hereof  which is for less than
one (1) full  calendar  month shall be prorated  based upon the actual number of
days of the  calendar  month  involved.  Payment of Base Rent and other  charges
shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or
at such other  addresses as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing to
Lessee.

5. Security Deposit.  (See Paragraph #52 on Addendum.) Lessee shall deposit with
Lessor upon execution  hereof the Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as
security for Lessee's  faithful  performance of Lessee's  obligations under this
Lease.  If Lessee fails to pay Base Rent or other rent or charges due hereunder,
or otherwise  Defaults under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph  13.1),  Lessor
may use,  apply or retain all or any  portion of said  Security  Deposit for the
payment of any amount due Lessor or to  reimburse or  compensate  Lessor for any
liability,  cost,  expense,  loss or damage  (including  attorneys'  fees) which
Lessor may suffer or incur by reason  thereof.  If Lessor uses or applies all or
any portion of said  Security  Deposit,  Lessee shall within ten (10) days after
written request therefor  deposit moneys with Lessor  sufficient to restore said
Security  Deposit to the full amount  required by this Lease.  Any time the Base
Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall; upon written request
from Lessor,  deposit  additional  moneys with Lessor sufficient to maintain the
same ratio  between the Security  Deposit and the Base Rent as those amounts are
specified in the Basic  Provisions.  Lessor shall not be required to keep all or
any part of the Security  Deposit  separate  from its general  accounts.  Lessor
shall,  at the  expiration or earlier  termination  of the term hereof and after
Lessee has vacated the Premises,  return to Lessee (or, at Lessor's  option,  to
the last assignee,  if any, of Lessee's  interest  herein),  that portion of the
Security  Deposit  not used or  applied by Lessor.  Unless  otherwise  expressly
agreed in writing by Lessor, no part of the Security Deposit shall be considered
to be held in trust,  to bear interest or other  increment for its use, or to be
prepayment for any moneys to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6.   Use.
     6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the purposes set
forth in Paragraph 1.8, or any other use which is comparable thereto, and for no
other  purpose.  Lessee  shall not use or permit  the use of the  Premises  in a
manner  that  creates  waste  or a  nuisance,  or that  disturbs  owners  and/or
occupants of, or causes damage to,  neighboring  premises or properties.  Lessor
hereby agrees to not  unreasonably  withhold or delay its consent to any written
request by Lessee, Lessees assignees or subtenants, and by prospective assignees
and subtenants of the Lessee,  its assignees and subtenants,  for a modification
of said  permitted  purpose for which the premises  may be used or occupied,  so
long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on
the Premises, the mechanical or electrical systems therein, is not significantly
more burdensome to the Premises and the improvements  thereon,  and is otherwise
permissible  pursuant to this  Paragraph  6. If Lessor  elects to withhold  such
consent,  Lessor shall within five (5) business days give a written notification
of same,  which  notice  shall  include an  explanation  of Lessor's  reasonable
objections to the change in use.
     6.2 Hazardous Substances.
        (a) Reportable Uses Require Consent.  The term "Hazardous  Substance" as
used in this Lease  shall mean any  product,  substance,  chemical,  material or
waste whose  presence,  nature,  quantity  and/or  intensity of existence,  use,
manufacture,  disposal,  transportation,  spill,  release or  effect,  either by
itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is
either: (i) potentially  injurious to the public health,  safety or welfare, the
environment  or the Premises,  (ii)  regulated or monitored by any  governmental
authority,  or (iii) a basis for liability of Lessor to any governmental  agency
or third party  under any  applicable  statute or common law  theory.  Hazardous
Substance  shall  include,  but  not be  limited  to,  hydrocarbons,  petroleum,
gasoline,  crude oil or any products,  by-products or fractions thereof.  Lessee
shall not engage in any activity in, on or about the Premises which  constitutes
a Reportable Use (as hereinafter  defined) of Hazardous  Substances  without the
express  prior written  consent of Lessor and  compliance in a timely manner (at
Lessee's sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Law (as defined in Paragraph
6.3).  "Reportable  Use" shall mean (i) the  installation or use of any above or
below ground  storage  tank,  (ii) the  generation,  possession,  storage,  use,
transportation,  or  disposal of a Hazardous  Substance  that  requires a permit
from, or with respect to which a report,  notice,  registration or business plan
is required to be filed with, any governmental  authority.  Reportable Use shall
also include  Lessee's  being  responsible  for the presence in, on or about the
Premises of a  Hazardous  Substance  with  respect to which any  Applicable  Law
requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or
neighboring  properties.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Lessee may,  without
Lessor's  prior  consent,  but in compliance  with all  Applicable  Law, use any
ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used by Lessee in the
normal course of Lessee's  business  permitted on the Premises,  so long as such
use is not a  Reportable  Use and does not expose the  Premises  of  neighboring
properties to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to
any liability therefor.  In addition,  Lessor may (but without any obligation to
do so) condition its consent to the use or presence of any Hazardous  Substance,
activity or storage tank by Lessee upon Lessee's  giving Lessor such  additional
assurances as Lessor, in its reasonable  descretion,  deems necessary to protect
itself,   the  public,   the  Premises  and  the  environment   against  damage,
contamination or injury and/or liability therefrom or therefor,  including,  but
not limited to, the  installation  (and removal on or before Lease expiration or
earlier  termination) of reasonably  necessary  protective  modifications to the
Premises  (such as concrete  encasements)  and/or the  deposit of an  additional
Security Deposit under Paragraph 5 hereof.
        (b) Duty to Inform Lessor.  If Lessee knows, or has reasonable  cause to
believe, that a Hazardous Substance,  or a condition involving or resulting from
same, has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises,  other than as
previously consented to by Lessor,  Lessee shall immediately give written notice
of such fact to Lessor.  Lessee shall also immediately give Lessor a copy of any
statement,  report, notice,  registration,  application,  permit, business plan,
license,   claim,   action  or  proceeding  given  to,  or  received  from,  any
governmental  authority or private party,  or persons  entering or occupying the
Premises, concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to,
any  Hazardous  Substance  or  contamination  in,  on,  or about  the  Premises,
including  but not  limited  to all such  documents  as may be  involved  in any
Reportable Uses involving the Premises.
        (c) Indemnification.  Lessee shall indemnify,  protect,  defend and hold
Lessor,  its agents,  employees,  lenders  and ground  lessor,  if any,  and the
Premises,  harmless  from and against any and all loss of rents and/or  damages,
liabilities,  judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalities, permits and
attorney's  and  consultant's  fees  arising out of or involving  any  Hazardous
Substance  or storage  tank  brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee or under
Lessee's control. Lessee's obligations under this Paragraph 6 shall include, but
not be to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property of the
environment  created  or  suffered  by  Lessee,  and the  cost of  investigation
(including consultant's and attorney's fees and testing), removal,  remediation,
restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination  therein involved,
and shall  survive the  expiration  or earlier  termination  of this  Lease.  No
termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee
shall  release  Lessee  from its  obligations  under this Lease with  respect to
Hazardous  Substances or storage tanks,  unless specifically so agreed by Lessor
in writing at the time of such agreement.
     6.3 Lessee's  Compliance  with Law.  Except as  otherwise  provided in this
Lease, Lessee, shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense,  fully,  diligently and
in a timely manner, comply with all "Applicable Law," which term is used in this
Lease  to  include  all  laws,  rules,  regulations,   ordinances,   directives,
covenants,  easements and restrictions of  record  permits,  the requirements of
any   applicable   fire  insurance   underwriter  or  rating  bureau,   and  the
recommendations of Lessor's engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner
to the  Premises  (including  but  not  limited  to  matters  pertaining  to (i)
industrial  hygiene,  (ii)  environmental  conditions on, in, under or about the
Premises,  including  soil  and  groundwater  conditions,  and  (iii)  the  use,
generation,  manufacture,   production,   installation,   maintenance,  removal,
transportation,  storage, spill or release of any Hazardous Substance or storage
tank), now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect, and whether or not
reflecting a change in policy from any previously existing policy. Lessee shall,
within five (5) days after receipt of Lessor's written  request,  provide Lessor
with copies of all documents  and  information,  including,  but not limited to,
permits,  registrations,  manifests,  applications,  reports  and  certificates,
evidencing  Lessee's compliance with any Applicable Law specified by Lessor, and
shall  immediately  upon  receipt,  notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any
documents  involved)  of any  threatened  or  actual  claim,  notice,  citation,
warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Lessee or the
Premises to comply with any Applicable Law.
     6.4 Inspection;  Compliance.  Lessor and Lessor's  Lender(s) (as defined in
Paragraph  8.3(a)) shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the
case of an  emergency,  and otherwise at  reasonable  times,  for the purpose of
inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying  compliance by Lessee
with this Lease and all  Applicable  Laws (as defined in Paragraph  6.3), and to
employ  experts  and/or  consultants  in connection  therewith  and/or to advise
Lessor with  respect to Lessee's  activities,  including  but not limited to the
installation,  operation,  use,  monitoring,  maintenance,  or  removal  of  any
Hazardous  Substance  or  storage  tank on or from the  Premises.  The costs and
expenses of any such  inspections  shall be paid by the party  requesting  same,
unless a Default or Breach of this  Lease,  violation  of  Applicable  Law, or a
contamination,  caused or materially  contributed to by Lessee is found to exist
or  be  imminent,  or  unless  the  inspection  is  requested  or  ordered  by a
governmental  authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation
or  contamination.  In any such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor
or  Lessor's  Lender,  as the case may be,  for the costs and  expenses  of such
inspections.

7.  Maintenance; Repairs; Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.
    7.1 Lessee's Obligations.
        (a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Lessor's warranty as to
condition), 2.3 (Lessor's warranty as to compliance with covenant, etc.


                                                                 Initials CJL
                                                                          HP
GROSS                                PAGE 65

<PAGE>

7.2  (Lessor's  obligations  to  repair),  9 (damage  and  destruction),  and 14
(condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee's said cost and expense and at all times
keep the Premises and every part  thereof in good order,  condition  and repair,
(whether or not such portion of the Premises  requiring  repair, or the means of
repairing the same, are reasonably or readily  accessible to Lessee, and whether
or not the need for such  repairs  occurs as a result of Lessee's use, any prior
use,  the  elements  or the age of such  portion  of the  Premises),  including,
without  limiting the generality of the  foregoing,  all equipment or facilities
serving the Premises, such as plumbing, heating, air conditioning,  ventilating,
electrical,  lighting  facilities,  boilers,  fired or unfired pressure vessels,
fire sprinkler and/or  standpipe and hose or other automatic fire  extinguishing
system, including fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems and equipment,  fire
hydrants,  fixtures, walls (interior and exterior),  ceilings,  floors, windows,
doors, plate glass,  skylights,  landscaping,  driveways,  parking lots, fences,
retaining  walls,  signs,  sidewalks  and  parkways  located in, on,  about,  or
adjacent to the Premises, but excluding  foundations,  the exterior roof and the
structural  aspects  of the  Premises.  Lessee  shall not  cause or  permit  any
Hazardous  Substance  to be  spilled  or  released  in,  on,  under or about the
Premises  (including  through the plumbing or sanitary  sewer  system) and shall
promptly,  at Lessee's expense,  take all  investigatory  and/or remedial action
reasonably  recommended,  whether or not formally  ordered or required,  for the
cleanup  of any  contamination  of,  and for the  maintenance,  security  and/or
monitoring  of, the Premises,  the elements  surrounding  same,  or  neighboring
properties,  that  was  caused  or  materially  contributed  to  by  Lessee,  or
pertaining to or involving any Hazardous  Substance  and/or storage tank brought
onto the Premises by or for Lessee or under its control.  Lessee, in keeping the
Premises in good order,  condition and repair,  shall  exercise and perform good
maintenance   practices.   Lessee's  obligations  shall  include   restorations,
replacements   or  renewals  when   necessary  to  keep  the  Premises  and  all
improvements  thereon or a part  thereof in good order,  condition  and state of
repair.
        (b)  Lessee  shall,  at  Lessee's  sole cost and  expense,  procure  and
maintain  contracts,  with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for
and  with   contractors   specializing   and  experienced  in,  the  inspection,
maintenance  and service of the following  equipment and  improvements,  if any,
located  on  the  Premises:   (i)  heating,  air  conditioning  and  ventilation
equipment,  (ii) boiler, fired or unfired pressure vessels, (iii) fire sprinkler
and/or  standpipe  and  hose or  other  automatic  fire  extinguishing  systems,
including fire alarm and/or smoke  detection,  (iv)  landscaping  and irrigation
systems,  (v) roof covering and drain  maintenance  and (vi) asphalt and parking
lot maintenance.
     7.2 Lessor's  Obligations.  Upon receipt of written  notice of the need for
such repairs and subject to Paragraph  13.5,  Lessor shall at Lessor's  expense,
keep the  foundations,  exterior roof and structural  aspects of the Premises in
good order,  condition and repair,  Lessor shall not,  however,  be obligated to
paint the  exterior  surface of the  exterior  walls or to maintain the windows,
doors or plate glass or the  interior  surface of exterior  walls.  Lessor shall
not, in any event, have any obligation to make any repairs until Lessor receives
written notice of the need for such repairs.  It is the intention of the Parties
that the terms of this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as
to maintenance and repair of the Premises. Lessee and Lessor expressly waive the
benefit  of  any  statute  now or  hereafter  in  effect  to  the  extent  it is
inconsistent  with the terms of this Lease  with  respect  to, or which  affords
Lessee right to make repairs at the expense of Lessor or to terminate this Lease
by reason of, any needed repairs.
    7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.
        (a) Definitions;  Consent Required. The term "Utility  Installations" is
used in this Lease to refer to all carpeting, window coverings, air lines, power
panels,   electrical   distribution,    security,   fire   protection   systems,
communication  systems,  lighting  fixtures,  heating,   ventilating,   and  air
conditioning equipment,  plumbing, and fencing in, on or about the Premises. The
term "Trade  Fixtures"  shall mean Lessee's  machinery and equipment that can be
removed  without doing material damage to the Premises.  The term  "Alterations"
shall mean any  modification of the improvements on the Premises from that which
are  provided  by Lessor  under  the terms of this  Lease,  other  than  Utility
Installations or Trade Fixtures,  whether by addition or deletion. "Lessee Owned
Alterations  and/or Utility  Installations"  are defined as  Alterations  and/or
Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor as defined
in  Paragraph  7.4(a).   Lessee  shall  not  make  any  Alterations  or  Utility
Installations in, on, under or about the Premises without Lessor's prior written
consent. Lessee may, however,  make non-structural  Utility Installations to the
interior of the Premises  (excluding the roof),  as long as they are not visible
from the outside, do not involve puncturing,  relocating or removing the roof or
any existing  walls,  and the  cumulative  cost thereof  during the term of this
Lease as extended does not exceed $25,000.
        (b) Consent. Any Alterations or Utility  Installations that Lessee shall
desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to
Lessor in written form with  proposed  detailed  plans.  All  consents  given by
Lessor, whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent specific consent,
shall be deemed  conditioned upon: (i) Lessee's acquiring all applicable permits
required by  Governmental  authorities,  (ii) the  furnishing  of copies of such
permits together with a copy of the plans and  specifications for the Alteration
or Utility Installation to Lessor prior to commencement of the work thereon, and
(iii) the  compliance by Lessee with all  conditions of said permits in a prompt
and  expeditious  manner.  Any  Alterations or Utility  Installations  by Lessee
during the term of this Lease  shall be done in a good and  workmanlike  manner,
with good and sufficient  materials,  and in compliance with all Applicable Law.
Lessee shall promptly upon completion thereof furnish Lessor with as-built plans
and  specifications  therefor,  Lessor  may (but  without  obligation  to do so)
condition its consent to any requested  Alteration or Utility  Installation that
costs $10,000 or more upon Lessee's  providing Lessor with a lien and completion
bond in an amount equal to one and  one-half  times the  estimated  cost of such
Alteration or Utility  Installation  and/or upon Lessee's  posting an additional
Security Deposit with Lessor under Paragraph 36 hereof.
        (c) Indemnification. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or
materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for
use on the  Premises,  which claims are or may be secured by any  mechanics'  or
materialmen's  lien against the Premises or any interest  therein.  Lessee shall
give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior to the commencement of any
work in, on or about  the  Premises,  and  Lessor  shall  have the right to post
notices of  non-responsibility  in or on the  Premises  as  provided  by law. If
Lessee  shall,  in good faith,  contest the validity of any such lien,  claim or
demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor
and the  Premises  against the same and shall pay and  satisfy any such  adverse
judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof against the
Lessor or the Premises. If Lessor shall require,  Lessee shall furnish to Lessor
a surely  bond  satisfactory  to Lessor in an amount  equal to one and  one-half
times the amount of such  contested  lien claim or demand,  indemnifying  Lessor
against  liability  for the same,  as  required  by law for the  holding  of the
Premises  free from the effect of such lien or claim.  In  addition,  Lessor may
require Lessee to pay Lessor's  attorney's  fees and costs in  participating  in
such action if Lessor shall decide it is to its best interest to do so.
     7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.
         (a)  Ownership.  Subject to Lessor's  right to require their removal or
become the owner  thereof as  hereinafter  provided in this  Paragraph  7.4, all
Alterations  and Utility  Additions  made to the Premises by Lessee shall be the
property of and owned by Lessee,  but  considered a part of the Premises  Lessor
may, at any time and at its  option,  elect in writing to Lessee to be the owner
of all or any  specified  part  of the  Lessee  Owned  Alterations  and  Utility
Installations.  Unless otherwise  instructed per subparagraph 7.4(b) hereof, all
Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility  Installations  shall, at the expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and remain upon
and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.
         (b) Removal.  Unless  otherwise  agreed in writing,  Lessor may require
that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility  Installations be removed by
the  expiration  or earlier  termination  of this Lease,  notwithstanding  their
installation  may have been  consented  to by  Lessor.  Lessor may  require  the
removal  at any  time of all or any  part of any  Lessee  Owned  Alterations  or
Utility Installations made without the required consent of Lessor.
         (c)  Surrender/Restoration.  Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the
end of the last day of the Lease term or any earlier  termination date, with all
of the improvements,  parts and surfaces thereof clean and free of debris and in
good  operating  order,  condition  and state of repair,  ordinary wear and tear
excepted. "Ordinary wear and tear" shall not include any damage or deterioration
that  would  have  been  prevented  by good  maintenance  practice  or by Lessee
performing all of its obligations  under this Lease.  Except as otherwise agreed
or specified in writing by Lessor, the Premises,  as surrendered,  shall include
the Utility Installations.  The obligation of Lessee shall include the repair of
any damage  occasioned by the  installation,  maintenance or removal of Lessee's
Trade  Fixtures,   furnishings,   equipment,   and  Alterations  and/or  Utility
Installations,  as well as the removal of any storage  tank  installed by or for
Lessee, and the removal,  replacement,  or remediation of any soil,  material or
ground water  contaminated by Lessee,  all as may then be required by Applicable
Law and/or good  service  practice.  Lessee's  Trade  Fixtures  shall remain the
property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee  subject to its  obligation to
repair and restore the Premises per this Lease.

8.   Insurance; Indemnity.
     8.1 Payment of Premium Increases.
         (a) Lessee shall pay to Lessor any insurance cost increase  ("Insurance
Cost  Increase")  occurring  during  the  term of  this  Lease  "Insurance  Cost
Increase"  is  defined  as any  increase  in the  actual  cost of the  insurance
required under Paragraphs  8.2(b),  8.3(a) and 8.3(b).  ("Required  Insurance"),
over and above the Base Premium, as hereinafter defined, calculated on an annual
basis. "Insurance Cost Increase" shall include, but not be limited to, increases
resulting from the nature of Lessee's occupancy,  any act or omission of Lessee,
requirements of the holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises,
increased  valuation of the  Premises,  and/or a premium rate  increase.  If the
parties insert a dollar amount in Paragraph 1.9, such amount shall be considered
the "Base  Premium."  In lieu  thereof,  if the  Premises  have been  previously
occupied,  the "Base Premium" shall be the annual premium applicable to the most
recent occupancy.  If the Premises have never been occupied,  the "Base Premium"
shall be the  lowest  annual  premium  reasonably  obtainable  for the  Required
Insurance as of the commencement of the Original Term, assuming the most nominal
use possible of the Premises. In no event, however,  shall Lessee be responsible
for any portion of the premium cost attributable to liability insurance coverage
in excess of $1,000,000  procured under Paragraph  8.2(b)  (Liability  Insurance
Carried By Lessor).
         (b) Lessee shall pay any such  Insurance Cost Increase to Lessor within
thirty (30) pays after  receipt by Lessee of a copy of the premium  statement or
other  reasonable  evidence  of  the  amount  due.  If  the  insurance  policies
maintained  hereunder  cover other property  besides the Premises,  Lessor shall
also deliver to Lessee a statement of the amount of such Insurance Cost Increase
attributable  only to the Premises  showing in  reasonable  detail the manner in
which such amount was computed. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to,
or extending  beyond  the term of  this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with
the corresponding Commencement or Expiration of the Lease term.
     8.2 Liability Insurance.
         (a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force during the
term of this Lease a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting
Lessee and Lessor (as an additional  insured)  against claims for bodily injury,
personal injury and property damage based upon,  involving or arising out of the
ownership,  use,  occupancy  or  maintenance  of  the  Premises  and  all  areas
appurtenant  thereto.  Such insurance shall be on an occurrence  basis providing
single limit coverage in an amount not less than  $1,000,000 per occurrence with
an "Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises"


                                                                 Initials CJL
                                                                          HP
GROSS                                PAGE 66

<PAGE>


Endorsement  and contain the  "Amendment of the Pollution  Exclusion" for damage
caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain
any intra-insured  exclusions as between insured persons or  organizations,  but
shall  include  coverage for  liability  assumed under this Lease as an "insured
contract"  for the  performance  of Lessee's  indemnity  obligations  under this
Lease.  The  limits of said  insurance  required  by this Lease or as carried by
Lessee shall not,  however,  limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of
any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be carried by Lessee shall be primary
to and not  contributory  with any similar  insurance  carried by Lessor,  whose
insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.
         (b)  Carried  By Lessor.  In the event  Lessor is the  Insuring  Party,
Lessor shall also maintain  liability  insurance  described in Paragraph 8.2(a),
above  in  addition  to,  and not in  lieu  of,  the  insurance  required  to be
maintained  by  Lessee.  Lessee  shall  not be  named as an  additional  insured
therein.
     8.3  Property  Insurance-Building,   Improvements  and  Rental  Value.  (a)
Building and  Improvements.  The  Insuring  Party shall obtain and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a policy or policies  in the name of Lessor,  with
loss  payable to Lessor and to the holders of any  mortgages,  deeds of trust or
ground  leases on the  Premises  ("Lender(s)"),  insuring  loss of damage to the
Premises.  The amount of such insurance  shall be equal to the full  replacement
cost of the  Premises,  as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount
required by Lenders,  but in no event more than the commercially  reasonable and
available  insurable  value thereof if, by reason of the unique nature or age of
the  improvements  involved,  such latter  amount is less than full  replacement
cost. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utilities  Installations  shall be insured by
Lessee  under  Paragraph  8.4. If the  coverage is  available  and  commercially
appropriate,  such policy or policies  shall insure  against all risks of direct
physical  loss or damage  (except the perils of flood and/or  earthquake  unless
required by a Lender),  including  coverage for any additional  costs  resulting
from debris  removal and reasonable  amounts of coverage for the  enforcement of
any  ordinance  or law  regulating  the  reconstruction  or  replacement  of any
undamaged  sections  of the  Premises  required to be  demolished  or removed by
reason of the  enforcement of any building,  zoning,  safety or land use laws as
the result of a covered cause of loss, but not including plate glass  insurance.
Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu
of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection
causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor
of not less than the adjusted U.S.  Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for
All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located.
         (b) Rental Value.  Lessor shall, in addition,  obtain and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a policy or policies  in the name of Lessor,  with
loss payable to Lessor and  Lender(s),  insuring the loss of the full rental and
other  charges  payable  by Lessee to Lessor  under  this Lease for one (1) year
(including  all real estate taxes,  insurance  costs,  and any scheduled  rental
increases).  Said  insurance  shall  provide  that in the  event  the  Lease  is
terminated  by reason of an  insured  loss,  the  period of  indemnity  for such
coverage  shall be  extended  beyond  the date of the  completion  of repairs or
replacement  of the  Premises,  to provide  for one full  year's  loss of rental
revenues from the date of any such loss.  Said insurance shall contain an agreed
valuation  provision  in lieu of any  coinsurance  clause,  and  the  amount  of
coverage  shall be adjusted  annually to reflect the  projected  rental  income,
property taxes,  insurance premium costs and other expenses,  if any,  otherwise
payable by Lessee, for the next twelve (12) month period.
         (c) Adjacent  Premises.  If the Premises are part of a larger building,
or if the Premises  are part of a group of  buildings  owned by Lessor which are
adjacent to the Premises,  the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums
for the  property  insurance of such  building of buildings if said  increase is
caused by Lessee's acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.
         (d) Tenant's  Improvements.  Since Lessor is the  Insuring  Party,  the
Lessor  shall not be required to insure  Lessee  Owned  Alterations  and Utility
Installations  unless the item in  question  has become the  property  of Lessor
under the terms of this Lease.
     8.4 Lessee's Property  Insurance.  Subject to the requirements of Paragraph
8.5. Lessee at its cost shall either by separate policy or, at Lessor's  option,
by endorsement to a policy already carried,  maintain  insurance coverage on all
of  Lessee's   personal   property,   Lessee  Owned   Alterations   and  Utility
Installations  in, on, or about the Premises similar in coverage to that carried
by  the  Insuring  Party  under  Paragraph  8.3.  Such  insurance  shall be full
replacement  cost  coverage  with  a  deductible  of not to  exceed  $1,000  per
occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the
replacement of personal  property or the restoration of Lessee Owned Alterations
and Utility  Installations.  Lessee shall be the Insuring  Party with respect to
the  insurance  required by this  Paragraph  8.4 and shall  provide  Lessor with
written evidence that such insurance is in force.
     8.5 Insurance Policies.  Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies
duly licensed to transact  business in the state where the Premises are located,
and maintaining  during the policy term a "General  Policyholders  Rating" of at
least B+, V, or such other  rating as may be required by a Lender  having a lien
on the  Premises,  as set forth in the most current  issue of "Best's  Insurance
Guide." Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which shall invalidate
the insurance policies referred to in this Paragraph 8. Lessee shall cause to be
delivered  to  Lessor  certified  copies  of,  or  certificates  evidencing  the
existence  and  amounts of, the  insurance,  and with the  additional  insureds,
required under  Paragraph  8.2(a) and 8.4. No such policy shall be cancelable or
subject to  modification  except after thirty (30) days prior written  notice to
Lessor.  Lessee shall at least thirty (30) days prior to the  expiration of such
policies,  furnish  Lessor with  evidence of  renewals  or  "insurance  binders"
evidencing  renewal  thereof,  or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the
cost  thereof to Lessee,  which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon
demand.
     8.6 Waiver of Subrogation.  Without affecting any other rights or remedies,
Lessee and Lessor  ("Waiving  Party") each hereby release and relieve the other,
and waive their entire right to recover damages (whether in contract or in tort)
against the other, for loss of or damage to the Waiving Party's property arising
out of or incident to the perils  required to be insured against under Paragraph
8. The effect of such releases and waivers of the right to recover damages shall
not be  limited  by the  amount of  insurance  carried  or  required,  or by any
deductibles applicable thereto.
     8.7  Indemnity.  Except for Lessor's  negligence  and/or  breach of express
warranties,  Lessee  shall  indemnify,  protect,  defend and hold  harmless  the
Premises,  Lessor and its agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners and
Lenders,  from and  against  any and all  claims,  loss of rents and or damages,
costs, liens, judgments,  penalties,  permits, attorney's and consultant's fees,
expenses and/or liabilities  arising out of, involving,  or in dealing with, the
occupancy of the Premises by Lessee, the conduct of Lessee's business,  any act,
omission or neglect of Lessee, its agents,  contractors,  employees or invitees,
and out of any Default or Breach by Lessee in the performance in a timely manner
of any  obligation  on  Lessee's  part to be  performed  under this  Lease.  The
foregoing  shall  include,  but not be limited to, the defense or pursuit of any
claim or any action or proceeding  involved therein,  and whether or not (in the
case of claims made against Lessor)  litigated  and/or reduced to judgment,  and
whether well founded or not. In case any action or proceeding be brought against
Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee upon notice from Lessor
shall defend the same at Lessee's expense by counsel reasonably  satisfactory to
Lessor and Lessor shall  cooperate with Lessee in such defense.  Lessor need not
have first paid any such claim in order to be so indemnified.
     8.8  Exemption  of Lessor from  Liability.  Lessor  shall not be liable for
injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of
Lessee,  Lessee's  employees,  contractors,  invitees,  customers,  or any other
person in or about the  Premises,  whether such damage or injury is caused by or
results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage,
leakage,  obstruction  or  other  defects  of  pipes,  fire  sprinklers,  wires,
appliances,  plumbing,  air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other
cause,  whether the said injury or damage results from  conditions  arising upon
the Premises or upon other  portions of the building of which the Premises are a
part,  or from other sources or places,  and  regardless of whether the cause of
such damage or injury or the means of repairing  the same is  accessible or not.
Lessor  shall not be liable for any damages  arising  from any act or neglect of
any other tenant of Lessor.  Notwithstanding  Lessor's  negligence  or breach of
this Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee's
business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9.   Damage or Destruction.
     9.1 Definitions.
         (a) "Premises  Partial  Damage" shall mean damage or destruction to the
improvements  on the Premises,  other than Lessee Owned  Alterations and Utility
Installations,  the repair cost of which damage or  destruction is less than 50%
of the then Replacement Cost of the Premises immediately prior to such damage or
destruction,  excluding from such  calculation  the value of the land and Lessee
Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.
         (b) "Premises  Total  Destruction"  shall mean damage or destruction to
the Premises,  other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations the
repair  cost  of  which  damage  or  destruction  is 50%  or  more  of the  then
Replacement  Cost  of  the  Premises   immediately   prior  to  such  damage  or
destruction,  excluding from such  calculation  the value of the land and Lessee
Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.
         (c) "Insured Loss" shall mean damage or destruction to  improvements on
the Premises,  other than Lessee Owned  Alterations  and Utility  Installations,
which was caused by an event  required to be covered by the insurance  described
in Paragraph 8.3(a),  irrespective of any deductible  amounts or coverage limits
involved.
         (d)  "Replacement  Cost"  shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild  the
improvements  owned by Lessor at the time of the  occurrence to their  condition
existing  immediately prior thereto,  including  demolition,  debris removal and
upgrading required by the operation of applicable building codes,  ordinances or
laws, and without deduction for depreciation.
         (e)  "Hazardous  Substance  Condition"  shall  mean the  occurrence  or
discovery of a condition  involving  the presence of, or a  contamination  by, a
Hazardous  Substance  as  defined  in  Paragraph  6.2(a),  in,  on, or under the
Premises.
     9.2 Partial  Damage-Insured  Loss. If a Premises  Partial Damage that is an
Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense,  repair such damage
(but not  Lessee's  Trade  Fixtures  or Lessee  Owned  Alterations  and  Utility
Installations)  as soon as reasonably  possible and this Lease shall continue in
full force and effect.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance
was not in force or the  insurance  proceeds are not  sufficient  to effect such
repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as
and when required to complete said repairs. In the event,  however, the shortage
in  proceeds  was due to the fact that,  by reason of the  unique  nature of the
improvements,  full  replacement  cost insurance  coverage was not  commercially
reasonable  and  available,  Lessor  shall  have  no  obligation  to pay for the
shortage in  insurance  proceeds or to fully  restore the unique  aspects of the
Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate
assurance  thereof,  within ten (10) days following receipt of written notice of
such shortage and request  therefor.  If Lessor  receives said funds or adequate
assurance  thereof  within  said ten (10) day period, the party responsible  for
making the repairs shall  complete them as soon as reasonably  possible and this
Lease  shall  remain in full force and effect.  If Lessor does not receive  such
funds or assurance within said period,  Lessor may nevertheless elect by written
notice to Lessee within ten (10) days  thereafter to make such  restoration  and
repair  as is  commercially  reasonable  with  Lessor  paying  any  shortage  in
proceeds,  in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If in
such case Lessor does not so elect,  then this Lease shall  terminate sixty (60)
days following the  occurrence of the damage or  destruction.  Unless  otherwise
agreed, Lessee shall in no event have any right to reimbursement from Lessor for
any funds contributed by Lessee to repair


                                                                 Initials CJL
                                                                          HP
GROSS                                PAGE 67

<PAGE>

any  such  damage  or  destruction.  Premises  Partial  Damage  due to  flood or
earthquake  shall  be  subject  to  Paragraph  9.3  rather  than  Paragraph  9.2
notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage,  but the net proceeds
of any such insurance  shall be made available for the repairs if made by either
Party.
     9.3 Partial Damage-Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not
an Insured  Loss occurs,  unless  caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee
(in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense and this Lease
shall  continue in full force and effect,  but subject to Lessor's  rights under
Paragraph 13), Lessor may at Lessor's option,  either; (i) repair such damage as
soon as reasonably  possible at Lessor's expense in which event this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect,  or (ii) give written notice to Lessee within
thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the  occurrence of such
damage of Lessor's desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days
following  the giving of such notice.  In the event  Lessor  elects to give such
notice of Lessor's intention to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall haw the right
within ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice to give written  notice to
Lessor of Lessee's  commitment  to pay for the repair of such damage  totally at
Lessee's  expense and without  reimbursement  from Lessor.  Lessee shall provide
Lessor with the required funds or satisfactory  assurance  thereof within thirty
(30) days  following  Lessee's said  commitment.  In such event this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs
as soon as reasonably  possible and the required funds are available.  If Lessee
does not give such notice and provide the funds or assurance  thereof within the
times  specified  above,  this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in
Lessor's notice of termination.
     9.4 Total  Destruction.  Notwithstanding  any other provision  hereof, if a
Premises Total  Destruction  occurs  (including any destruction  required by any
authorized  public  authority),  this  Lease  shall  terminate  sixty  (60) days
following the date of such Premises Total Destruction, whether or not the damage
or destruction is an Insured Loss or was caused by a negligent or willful act of
Lessee.  In the event,  however,  that the damage or  destruction  was caused by
Lessee,  Lessor  shall have the right to recover  Lessor's  damages  from Lessee
except as released and waived in Paragraph 8.6.
     9.5 Damage Near End of Term.  If at any time during the last six (6) months
of the term of this Lease  there is damage for which the cost to repair  exceeds
one (1)  month's  Base Rent,  whether or not an Insured  Loss,  Lessor  may,  at
Lessor's  option,  terminate this Lease  effective sixty (60) days following the
date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Lessee of Lessor's
election to do so within  thirty (30) days after the date of  occurrence of such
damage.  Provided,  however, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to
extend this Lease or to purchase the  Premises,  then Lessee may  preserve  this
Lease by, within twenty (20) days  following  the  occurrence of the damage,  or
before the  expiration  of the time  provided in such  option for its  exercise,
whichever is earlier  ("Exercise  Period"),  (i) exercising such option and (ii)
providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance  proceeds (or adequate assurance
thereof) needed to make the repairs. If Lessee duly exercises such option during
said  Exercise  Period and  provides  Lessor with funds (or  adequate  assurance
thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds,  Lessor shall, at Lessor's
expense  repair such damage as soon as reasonably  possible and this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect.  If Lessee fails to exercise  such option and
provide such funds or assurance during said Exercise Period,  then Lessor may at
Lessor's option terminate this Lease as of the expiration of said sixty (60) day
period  following  the  occurrence  of such damage by giving  written  notice to
Lessee of Lessor's  election to do so within ten (10) days after the  expiration
of the  Exercise  Period  notwithstanding  any term or provision in the grant of
option to the contrary.
     9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee's-Remedies.
         (a)  In the  event  of  damage  described  in  Paragraph  9.2  (Partial
Damage-Insured),  whether  or not  Lessor  or Lessee  repairs  or  restores  the
Premises,  the Base Rent, Real Property  Taxes,  insurance  premiums,  and other
charges,  if any,  payable by Lessee  hereunder for the period during which such
damage,  its repair or the  restoration  continues (not to exceed the period for
which rental value insurance is required under Paragraph 8.3(b), shall be abated
in proportion  to the degree to which  Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired.
Except for abatement of Base Rent, Real Property Taxes,  insurance premiums, and
other charges,  if any, as aforesaid,  all other obligations of Lessee hereunder
shall be performed by Lessee,  and Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for
any damage suffered by reason of any such repair or restoration.
         (b) If Lessor  shall be  obligated  to repair or restore  the  Premises
under  the  provisions  of  this  Paragraph  9  and  shall  not  commence,  in a
substantial and meaningful way, the repair or restoration of the Premises within
ninety (90) days after such  obligation  shall  accrue,  Lessee may, at any time
prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration,  give written notice to
Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice of Lessee's election
to terminate this Lease on a date not less than  sixty (60) days  following  the
giving of such  notice.  If Lessee  gives such notice to Lessor and such Lenders
and such repair or  restoration  is not commenced  within thirty (30) days after
receipt of such notice,  this Lease shall  terminate as of the date specified in
said notice.  If Lessor or a Lender  commences the repair or  restoration of the
Premises within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice,  this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect.  "Commence" as used in this  Paragraph  shall
mean either the  unconditional  authorization of the preparation of the required
plans,  or the  beginning of the actual work on the  Premises,  whichever  first
occurs.
     9.7 Hazardous  Substance  Conditions.  If a Hazardous  Substance  Condition
occurs,  unless  Lessee is legally  responsible  therefor  (in which case Lessee
shall make the investigation and remediation  thereof required by Applicable Law
and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect,  but subject to Lessor's
rights under Paragraph 13), Lessor may at Lessor's option either (i) investigate
and  remediate  such  Hazardous  Substance  Condition,  if required,  as soon as
reasonably  possible  at  Lessor's  expense,  in which  event this  Lease  shall
continue in full force and effect,  or (ii) if the estimated cost to investigate
and remediate  such  condition  exceeds  twelve (12) times the then monthly Base
Rent or $100,000,  whichever is greater,  give written  notice to Lessee  within
thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the  occurrence of such
Hazardous  Substance  Condition of Lessor's desire to terminate this Lease as of
the date  sixty (60) days  following  the  giving of such  notice.  In the event
Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor's intention to terminate this Lease,
Lessee  shall  have the right  within  ten (10) days  after the  receipt of such
notice to give written  notice to Lessor of Lessee's  commitment  to pay for the
investigation and remediation of such Hazardous  Substance  Condition totally at
Lessee's expense and without  reimbursement  from Lessor except to the extent of
an amount  equal to twelve (12) times the then  monthly  Base Rent or  $100,000,
whichever is greater.  Lessee shall  provide  Lessor with the funds  required of
Lessee or  satisfactory  assurance  thereof  within  thirty (30) days  following
Lessee's said commitment.  In such event this Lease shall continue in full force
and effect,  and Lessor shall proceed to make such investigation and remediation
as soon as reasonably  possible and the required funds are available.  If Lessee
does not give such notice and provide the required  funds or  assurance  thereof
within the times  specified  above,  this Lease shall  terminate  as of the date
specified in Lessor's notice of termination.  If a Hazardous Substance Condition
occurs for which Lessee is not legally responsible,  there shall be abatement of
Lessee's  obligations  under  this  Lease  to the same  extent  as  provided  in
Paragraph 9.6(a) for a period of not to exceed twelve (12) months.
     9.8  Termination-Advance  Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant
to this Paragraph 9, an equitable  adjustment  shall be made concerning  advance
Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall,
in addition,  return to Lessee so much of Lessee's  Security  Deposit as has not
been,  or is not then  required  to be,  used by Lessor  under the terms of this
Lease.
     9.9 Waive  Statutes.  Lessor and Lessee  agree that the terms of this Lease
shall govern the effect of any damage to or  destruction  of the  Premises  with
respect to the  termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any
present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

10.  Real Property Taxes.
     10.1 (a) Payment of Taxes.  Lessor shall pay the Real  Property  Taxes,  as
defined in Paragraph 10.2, applicable to the Premises;  provided,  however, that
Lessee  shall pay,  in  addition  to rent,  the  amount,  if any,  by which Real
Property  Taxes  applicable  to the Premises  increase  over the fiscal tax year
during which the Commencement Date occurs ("Tax Increase"). Subject to Paragraph
10.1(b),  payment of any such Tax Increase shall be made by Lessee within thirty
(30) days after receipt of Lessor's written  statement  setting forth the amount
due and the  computation  thereof.  Lessee shall  promptly  furnish  Lessor with
satisfactory  evidence  that such taxes have been paid.  If any such taxes to be
paid by Lessee  shall cover any period of time prior to or after the  expiration
or earlier termination of the term hereof, Lessee's share of such taxes shall be
equitably  prorated  to cover only the period of time within the tax fiscal year
this Lease is in effect,  and Lessor shall reimburse  Lessee for any overpayment
after such proration.
         (b) Advance  Payment.  In order to insure  payment  when due and before
delinquency  of any or all Real  Property  Taxes,  Lessor  reserves the right at
Lessor's  option,  to estimate the current Real Property Taxes applicable to the
Premises,  and to require such current year's Tax Increase to be paid advance to
Lessor by Lessee,  either:  (i) in a lump sum amount equal to the amount due, at
least twenty (20) days prior to the applicable  delinquency date or (ii) monthly
in  advance  with the  payment  of the Base  Rent.  If Lessor  elects to require
payment  monthly in advance,  the monthly  payment  shall be that equal  monthly
amount which,  over the number of months remaining before the month in which the
applicable  tax  installment  would  become  delinquent  (and  without  interest
thereon),   would  provide  a  fund  large  enough  to  fully  discharge  before
delinquency the estimated Tax Increase to be paid. When the actual amount of the
applicable  Tax  Increase  is known,  the amount of such equal  monthly  advance
payment  shall be  adjusted  as  required  to provide the fund needed to pay the
applicable  Tax Increase  before  delinquency.  If the amounts paid to Lessor by
Lessee under the provisions of this Paragraph are  insufficient to discharge the
obligations  of Lessee to pay such Tax Increase as the same becomes due.  Lessee
shall pay to Lessor,  upon Lessor's demand such additional sums as are necessary
to pay such  obligation.  All moneys paid to Lessor under this  Paragraph may be
intermingled  with other  moneys of Lessor and shall not bear  interest.  In the
event of a Breach by  Lessee in the  performance  of the  obligations  of Lessee
under this Lease,  then any balance of funds paid to Lessor under the provisions
of this Paragraph  may,  subject to proration as provided in Paragraph 10.1 (a),
at the option of Lessor,  be treated as an  additional  Security  Deposit  under
Paragraph 5.
         (c) Additional Improvements.  Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.1(a) hereof,
Lessee shall pay to Lessor upon demand  therefor the entirety of any increase in
Real Property Taxes  assessed by reason of Alterations or Utility  Installations
placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee's request.
     10.2  Definition of "Real Property  Taxes." As used herein,  the term "Real
Property Taxes" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general
special, ordinary or extraordinary,  and any license fee, commercial rental tax,
improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance,  personal income
or estate taxes) imposed upon the Premises by any authority having the direct or
indirect power to tax, including any city, state or federal  government,  or any
school,  agricultural,  sanitary,  fire,  street,  drainage or other improvement
district  thereof,  levied against any legal or equitable  interest of Lessor in
the Premises or in the real property of which the Premises are a part.  Lessor's
right to rent or other income therefrom, and/or Lessor's business of leasing the
Premises.  The term "Real Property Taxes" shall also include any tax, fee, levy,
assessment  or  charge,  or any  increase  therein  imposed  by reason of events
occurring,  or changes in applicable law taking effect,  during the term of this
Lease, including but not limited to a change in the ownership of the Premises or
in the improvements  thereon,  the execution of this Lease, or any modification,
amendment or transfer thereof, and whether or not contemplated by the Parties.


                                                                 Initials CJL
                                                                          HP
GROSS                                PAGE 68


<PAGE>

     10.3  Joint  Assessment.  If the  Premises  are  not  separately  assessed,
Lessee's  liability shall be an equitable  proportion of the Real Property Taxes
for all of the land and  improvements  included within the tax parcel  assessed,
such  proportion  to be  determined  by Lessor  from the  respective  valuations
assigned  in the  assessor's  work  sheets or such other  information  as may be
reasonably available.  Lessor's reasonable  determination thereof, in good faith
shall be conclusive.
     10.4 Personal  Property  Taxes.  Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency  all
taxes  assessed  against  and levied  upon  Lessee  Owned  Alterations,  Utility
Installations,  Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property
of Lessee  contained in the Premises or elsewhere.  When possible,  Lessee shall
cause its Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property
to be assessed and billed  separately from the real property of Lessor if any of
Lessee's said personal  property  shall be assessed with Lessor's real property,
Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes  attributable  to Lessee  within ten (10) days
after  receipt of a written  statement  setting  forth the taxes  applicable  to
Lessee's property or, at Lessor's option, as provided in Paragraph 10.1(b).

11.  Utilities.  Lessee  shall  pay for all  water,  gas,  heat,  light,  power,
telephone,  trash  disposal and other  utilities  and  services  supplied to the
Premises,  together  with  any  taxes  thereon.  If any  such  services  are not
separately metered to Lessee,  Lessee shall pay a reasonable  proportion,  to be
determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered with other Premises.

12.  Assignment and Subletting.
     12.1 Lessor's Consent Required.
         (a)  Lessee  shall  not  voluntarily  or by  operation  of law  assign,
transfer,   mortgage  or   otherwise   transfer   or   encumber   (collectively,
"assignment") or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or in
the Premises  without  Lessor's prior written consent given under and subject to
the terms of Paragraph 36.
         (b) A change in the control of Lessee shall  constitute  an  assignment
requiring Lessor's consent. The transfer,  on a cumulative basis, of twenty-five
percent (25%) or more of the voting control of Lessee shall  constitute a change
in control for this purpose.
         (c) The  involvement  of Lessee or its  assets in any  transaction,  or
series  of  transactions  (by  way  of  merger,  sale,  acquisition,  financing,
refinancing,  transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal
assignment  or  hypothecation  of this Lease or Lessee's  assets  occurs,  which
results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee, as hereinafter
defined, by an amount equal to or greater than twenty-five percent (25%) of such
Net Worth of Lessee as it was represented to Lessor at the time of the execution
by Lessor of this Lease or at the time of the most  recent  assignment  to which
Lessor has consented,  or as it exists  immediately prior to said transaction or
transactions  constituting  such reduction,  at whichever time said Net Worth of
Lessee was or is greater,  shall be  considered  an  assignment of this Lease by
Lessee to which  Lessor  may  reasonably  withhold  its  consent.  "Net Worth of
Lessee" for  purposes of this Lease shall be the net worth of Lessee  (excluding
any guarantors)  established  under  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
consistently applied.
         (d) An  assignment  or  subletting  of Lessee's  interest in this Lease
without Lessor's  specific prior written consent shall, at Lessor's option, be a
Default  curable  after notice per  Paragraph  13.1(c),  or a nondurable  Breach
without the necessity of any notice and grace period.  If Lessor elects to treat
such  unconsented  to assignment or  subletting as a noncurable  Breach,  Lessor
shall have the right to either:  (i) terminate  this Lease,  or (ii) upon thirty
(30) days written notice  ("Lessor's  Notice") increase the monthly Base Rent to
fair market rental value or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Rent then
in effect,  whichever is greater.  Pending  determination of the new fair market
rental  value,  if disputed by Lessee,  Lessee shall pay the amount set forth in
Lessor's Notice,  with any overpayment  credited against the next installment(s)
of Base Rent coming due, and any  underpayment  for the period  retroactively to
the effective date of the adjustment being due and payable  immediately upon the
determination  thereof.  Further,  in the event of such Breach and market  value
adjustment,  (i) the purchase  price of any option to purchase the Premises held
by Lessee shall be subject to similar  adjustment  to the then fair market value
(without  the  Lease  being  considered  an  encumbrance  or any  deduction  for
depreciation  or  obsolescence,  and considering the Premises at its highest and
best use and in good condition),  or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price
previously in effect,  whichever is greater,  (ii) any index-oriented  rental or
price adjustment  formulas  contained in this Lease shall be adjusted to require
that the base index be determined with reference to the index  applicable to the
time of such adjustment, and (iii) any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during
the  remainder of the Lease term shall be increased in the same ratio as the new
market rental bears to the Base Rent in effect  immediately  prior to the market
value adjustment.
         (e)  Lessee's  remedy for any breach of this  Paragraph  12.1 by Lessor
shall be limited to compensatory damages and injunctive relief.
     12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.
         (a) Regardless of Lessor's consent,  any assignment or subletting shall
not: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or
sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease,  (ii) release Lessee of
any obligations  hereunder,  or (iii) alter the primary  liability of Lessee for
the  payment  of Base  Rent and  other  sums  due  Lessor  hereunder  or for the
performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee under this Lease.
         (b) Lessor may accept any rent or performance  of Lessee's  obligations
from any  person  other  than  Lessee  pending  approval  or  disapproval  of an
assignment.  Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval  of such  assignment
nor the  acceptance  of any rent or  performance  shall  constitute  a waiver or
estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for the Default or Breach by
Lessee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.
         (c) The consent of Lessor to any  assignment  or  subletting  shall not
constitute a consent to any subsequent  assignment or subletting by Lessee or to
any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the sublessee. However,
Lessor may consent to subsequent  sublettings and assignments of the sublease or
any amendments or modifications  thereto without notifying Lessee or anyone else
liable on the Lease or sublease and without  obtaining  their consent,  and such
action  shall not  relieve  such  persons  from  liability  under  this Lease or
sublease.
         (d) In the event of any Default or Breach of Lessee's obligations under
this Lease,  Lessor may proceed directly  against Lessee,  any Guarantors or any
one else responsible for the performance of the Lessee's  obligations under this
Lease,  including the  sublessee,  without first  exhausting  Lessor's  remedies
against  any other  person or entity  responsible  therefor  to  Lessor,  or any
security held by Lessor or Lessee.
         (e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in
writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor's determination as to the
financial and operational  responsibility  and  appropriateness  of the proposed
assignee or  sublessee,  including  but not limited to the  intended  use and/or
required  modification of the Premises,  if any,  together with a non-refundable
deposit  of  $1,000 or ten  percent  (10%) of the  current  monthly  Base  Rent,
whichever is greater, as reasonable  consideration for Lessor's  considering and
processing  the request for consent.  Lessee agrees to provide  Lessor with such
other  or  additional  information  and/or  documentation  as may be  reasonably
requested by Lessor.
         (f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of
accepting  such  assignment or entering into such sublease,  be deemed,  for the
benefit of Lessor,  to have  assumed  and agreed to conform and comply with each
and every term,  covenant,  condition  and  obligation  herein to be observed or
performed by Lessee during the term of said  assignment or sublease,  other than
such  obligations  as are  contrary to or  inconsistent  with  provisions  of an
assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented in writing.
         (g) The  occurrence  of a  transaction  described in Paragraph  12.1(c)
shall  give  Lessor  the right  (but not the  obligation)  to  require  that the
Security  Deposit  be  increased  to an  amount  equal to six (6) times the then
monthly  Base Rent,  and  Lessor  may make the  actual  receipt by Lessor of the
amount  required to  establish  such  Security  Deposit a condition  to Lessor's
consent to such transaction.
         (h) Lessor,  as a condition to giving its consent to any  assignment or
subletting,  may require  that the amount and  adjustment  structure of the rent
payable  under this Lease be  adjusted to what is then the market  value  and/or
adjustment structure for property similar to the Premises as then constituted.
     12.3  Additional  Terms  and  Conditions  Applicable  to  Subletting.   The
following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or
any part of the Premises  and shall be deemed  included in all  subleases  under
this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:
         (a) Lessee  hereby  assigns  and  transfers  to Lessor all of  Lessee's
interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of all or a portion
of the Premises  heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee,  and Lessor may collect
such rent and income  and apply  same  toward  Lessee's  obligations  under this
Lease;  provided,  however,  that until a Breach (as defined in Paragraph  13.1)
shall occur in the performance of Lessee's  obligations under this Lease, Lessee
may, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, receive,  collect and enjoy the
rents accruing  under such sublease.  Lessor shall not, by reason of this or any
other assignment of such sublease to Lessor,  nor by reason of the collection of
the rents from a sublessee, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of
Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee's  obligations to such sublessee
under such sublease.  Lessee hereby irrevocably  authorizes and directs any such
sublessee,  upon receipt of a written  notice from Lessor  stating that a Breach
exists in the  performance of Lessee's  obligations  under this Lease, to pay to
Lessor the rents and other  charges  due and to become  due under the  sublease.
Sublessee  shall rely upon any such  statement and request from Lessor and shall
pay such rents and other  charges to Lessor  without any  obligation or right to
inquire as to whether such Breach exists and  notwithstanding any notice from or
claim from Lessee to the  contrary,  Lessee shall have no right or claim against
said sublessee,  or, until the Breach has been cured,  against  Lessor,  for any
such rents and other charges so paid by said sublessee to Lessor.
         (b) In the  event of a  Breach  by  Lessee  in the  performance  of its
obligations  under this Lease,  Lessor, at its option and without any obligation
to do so, may require any  sublessee to attorn to Lessor,  in which event Lessor
shall  undertake the  obligations of the sublessor  under such sublease from the
time of the  exercise  of  said  option  to the  expiration  of  such  sublease;
provided,  however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security
deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any other prior Defaults
or Breaches of such sublessor under such sublease.
         (c) Any matter or thing  requiring the consent of the sublessor under a
sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor herein.
         (d) No sublessee  shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the
Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.
         (e) Lessor  shall  deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by
Lessee to the sublessee,  who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee
within the grace period, if any,  specified in such notice.  The sublessee shall
have a right of  reimbursement  and offset from and against  Lessee for any such
Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13.  Default; Breach; Remedies.
     13.1  Default;  Breach.  Lessor and  Lessee,  agree that if an  attorney is
consulted  by  Lessor  in  connection  with  a  Lessee  Default  or  Breach  (as
hereinafter  defined),  $350.00 is a reasonable  minimum sum per such occurrence
for legal  services  and costs in the  preparation  and  service  of a notice of
Default,

                                                                 Initials CJL
                                                                          HP
GROSS                                PAGE 69

<PAGE>

and that Lessor may include the cost of such  services  and costs in said notice
as rent due and  payable  to cure said  Default.  A  "Default"  is  defined as a
failure  by the Lessee to  observe,  comply  with or  perform  any of the terms,
covenants, conditions or rules applicable to Lessee under this Lease. A "Breach"
is defined as the occurrence of any one or more of the following Defaults,  and,
where a grace period for cure after notice is specified  herein,  the failure by
Lessee to cure such Default  prior to the  expiration  of the  applicable  grace
period, shall entitle Lessor to pursue the remedies set forth in Paragraphs 13.2
and/or 13.3.
         (a) The  vacating of the  Premises  without the  intention  to reoccupy
same, or the abandonment of the Premises.
         (b) Except as expressly  otherwise  provided in this Lease, the failure
by  Lessee  to make any  payment  of Base  Rent or any  other  monetary  payment
required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or  to a third party,
as and when due,  the  failure  by  Lessee to  provide  Lessor  with  reasonable
evidence of insurance or surety bond required  under this Lease,  or the failure
of Lessee to  fulfill  any  obligation  under  this  Lease  which  endangers  or
threatens life or property,  where such failure  continues for a period of three
(3) days following written notice thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.
         (c) Except as expressly  otherwise  provided in this Lease, the failure
by Lessee to provide Lessor with reasonable  written  evidence (in duly executed
original  form,  if  applicable)  of (i)  compliance  with  applicable  law  per
Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the inspection,  maintenance and service contracts  required
under Paragraph  7.1(b),  (iii) the recission of an  unauthorized  assignment or
subletting per Paragraph 12.1(b),  (iv) a Tenancy Statement per Paragraphs 16 or
37, (v) the subordination or  non-subordination  of this Lease per Paragraph 30,
(vi) the guaranty of the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease if
required  under  Paragraphs  1.11 and 37,  (vii) the  execution  of any document
requested  under Paragraph 42 (easements) or (viii) any other  documentation  or
information  which  Lessor may  reasonably  require of Lessee under the terms of
this  Lease,  where  any such  failure  continues  for a period of ten (10) days
following written notice by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.
         (d) A Default  by Lessee as to the  terms,  convenants,  conditions  or
provisions of this Lease,  or of the rules  adopted  under  Paragraph 40 hereof,
that are to be observed,  complied with or performed by Lessee, other than those
described in subparagraphs  (a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues
for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by or on behalf of
Lessor to Lessee;  provided,  however, that if the nature of Lessee's Default is
such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably  required for its cure, then
it  shall  not be  deemed  to be a Breach  of this  Lease by  Lessee  if  Lessee
commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently
prosecutes such cure to completion.
         (e) The  occurrence of any of the following  events:  (i) The making by
Lessee of any general  arrangement  or assignment  for the benefit of creditors;
(ii)  Lessee's  becoming  a  "debtor"  as  defined  in 11 U.S.C. sec. 101 or any
successor  statute  thereto  (unless,  in the case of a petition  filed  against
Lessee,  the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of
a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets
located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease,  where possession
is not  restored  to Lessee  within  thirty (30) days;  or (iv) the  attachment,
execution or other  judicial  seizure of  substantially  all of Lessee's  assets
located at the  Premises  or of  Lessee's  interest  in this  Lease,  where such
seizure is not discharged  within thirty (30) days;  provided,  however,  in the
event that any provision of this  subparagraph (e) is contrary to any applicable
law, such provision shall be of no force or effect,  and not affect the validity
of the remaining provisions.
         (f) The  discovery  by Lessor  that any  financial  statement  given to
Lessor  by  Lessee  or any  Guarantor  of  Lessee's  obligations  hereunder  was
materially false.
         (g) If the  performance  of  Lessee's  obligations  under this Lease is
guaranteed:  (i) the death of a guarantor, (ii) the termination of a guarantor's
liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance  with the terms of
such  guaranty,  (iii) a  guarantor's  becoming  insolvent  or the  subject of a
bankruptcy filing,  (iv) a guarantor's  refusal to honor the guaranty,  or (v) a
guarantor's breach of its guaranty  obligation on an anticipatory  breach basis,
and Lessee's  failure,  within sixty (60) days following written notice by or on
behalf of Lessor to Lessee of any such event,  to provide  Lessor  with  written
alternative  assurance or security,  which,  when coupled with the then existing
resources  of Lessee,  equals or exceeds the  combined  financial  resources  of
Lessee and the guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.
     13.2  Remedies.  If  Lessee  fails  to  perform  any  affirmative  duty  or
obligation of Lessee under this Lease, within ten (10) days after written notice
to Lessee (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may at its option
(but without  obligation to do so),  perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's
behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds,
insurance policies, or governmental  licenses,  permits or approvals.  The costs
and  expenses  of any such  performance  by Lessor  shall be due and  payable by
Lessee to Lessor upon invoice  therefor.  If any check given to Lessor by Lessee
shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn,  Lessor, at its option,
may require all future payments to be made under this Lease by Lessee to be made
only by cashier's  check.  In the event of a Breach of this Lease by Lessee,  as
defined in Paragraph 13.1, with or without further notice or demand, and without
limiting  Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by
reason of such Breach, Lessor may:
         (a)  Terminate  Lessee's  right to  possession  of the  Premises by any
lawful means,  in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall  terminate and
Lessee shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such
event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the worth at the time
of the  award  of the  unpaid  rent  which  had  been  earned  at  the  time  of
termination;  (ii) the  worth at the time of award of the  amount  by which  the
unpaid  rent which would have been earned  after  termination  until the time of
award  exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee  proves could have
been reasonably  avoided;  (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by
which  the  unpaid  rent for the  balance  of the term  after  the time of award
exceeds  the  amount  of such  rental  loss  that  the  Lessee  proves  could be
reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for
all the  detriment  proximately  caused by the  Lessee's  failure to perform its
obligations  under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be
likely to result therefrom,  including but not limited to the cost of recovering
possession  of  the  Premises,   expenses  of  reletting,   including  necessary
renovation and alteration of the Premises,  reasonable attorneys' fees, and that
portion of the leasing  commission  paid by Lessor  applicable  to the unexpired
term of this Lease.  The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in
provision  (iii) of the prior  sentence  shall be computed by  discounting  such
amount at the discount rate of the Federal  Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the
time of award  plus one  percent  (1%).  Efforts by Lessor to  mitigate  damages
caused by  Lessee's  Default  or Breach of this Lease  shall not waive  Lessor's
right to recover damages under this  Paragraph.  If termination of this Lease is
obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer,  Lessor shall have
the right to  recover in such  proceeding  the  unpaid  rent and  damages as are
recoverable  therein, or  Lessor may reserve therein the right to recover all or
any part thereof in a separate  suit for such rent and/or  damages.  If a notice
and  grace  period  required  under  subparagraphs  13.1(b),  (c) or (d) was not
previously  given,  a notice to pay rent or quit,  or to perform or quit, as the
case may be, given to Lessee under any statute  authorizing  the  forfeiture  of
leases for unlawful  detainer shall also  constitute  the applicable  notice for
grace period purposes  required by  subparagraphs  13.1(b),  (c) or (d). In such
case, the applicable grace period under  subparagraphs  13.1(b),  (c) or (d) and
under the unlawful  detainer statute shall run  concurrently  after the one such
statutory  notice,  and the  failure  of Lessee to cure the  Default  within the
greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer
and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this
Lease and/or by said statute.
         (b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's  right to  possession in effect (in
California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Lessee's Breach and
abandonment  and recover  the rent as it becomes  due,  provided  Lessee has the
right  to  sublet  or  assign,  subject  only  to  reasonable  limitations.  See
Paragraphs 12 and 36 for the  limitations  on assignment  and  subletting  which
limitations  Lessee and Lessor  agree are  reasonable.  Acts of  maintenance  or
preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to
protect  the  Lessor's  interest  under  the  Lease,   shall  not  constitute  a
termination of the Lessee's right to possession.
         (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter  available to Lessor under
the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.
         (d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the  termination
of Lessee's right to possession  shall not relieve  Lessee from liability  under
any  indemnity  provisions  of this Lease as to matters  occurring  or  accruing
during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the Premises.
     13.3 Inducement  Recapture In Event Of Breach.  Any agreement by Lessor for
free or abated rent or other  charges  applicable  to the  Premises,  or for the
giving  or  paying  by  Lessor  to or for  Lessee  of any cash or  other  bonus,
inducement or consideration  for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which
concessions are  hereinafter  referred to as "Inducement  Provisions,"  shall be
deemed  conditioned  upon Lessee's full and faithful  performance  of all of the
terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this Lease to be performed or observed by
Lessee during the term hereof as the same may be extended.  Upon the  occurrence
of a Breach of this Lease by Lessee,  as defined  in  Paragraph  13.1,  any such
Inducement  Provision shall  automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and
of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus,  inducement or
consideration  theretofore  abated,  given  or  paid  by  Lessor  under  such an
Inducement  Provision  shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor,
and   recoverable   by  Lessor  as   additional   rent  due  under  this  Lease,
notwithstanding  any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by
Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which  initiated  the operation of this
Paragraph  shall not be deemed a waiver  by  Lessor  of the  provisions  of this
Paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such
acceptance.
     13.4 Late Charges.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges that late payment by Lessee
to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder  will cause Lessor to incur costs
not  contemplated  by this Lease,  the exact  amount of which will be  extremely
difficult to ascertain.  Such costs include,  but are not limited to, processing
and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by the
terms of any  ground  lease,  mortgage  or trust  deed  covering  the  Premises.
Accordingly,  if any  installment of rent or any other sum due from Lessee shall
not be received by Lessor or Lessor's  designee  within five (5) days after such
amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee,  Lessee
shall pay to Lessor a late  charge  equal to six  percent  (6%) of such  overdue
amount.  The parties  hereby  agree that such late charge  represents a fair and
reasonable  estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by
Lessee.  Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a
waiver of Lessee's  Default or Breach with respect to such overdue  amount,  nor
prevent  Lessor from  exercising  any of the other rights and  remedies  granted
hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder,  whether or not
collected,   for  three  (3)   consecutive   installments  of  Base  Rent,  then
notwithstanding  Paragraph  4.1 or any  other  provision  of this  Lease  to the
contrary,  Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly
in advance.
     13.5 Breach by Lessor.  Lessor  shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease
unless Lessor fails within a reasonable  time to perform an obligation  required
to be performed by Lessor.  For  purposes of this  Paragraph  13.5, a reasonable
time shall in no event be less than  thirty  (30) days after  receipt by Lessor,
and by the holders of any ground lease,  mortgage or deed of trust  covering the
Premises whose name and address shall have been furnished  Lessee in writing for
such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has
not been performed; provided, however, that the nature of Lessor's obligation is
such that more than thirty (30) days after such notice are  reasonably  required
for its  performance,  then  Lessor  shall  not be in  breach  of this  Lease if
performance  is  commenced  within such  thirty  (30) day period and  thereafter
diligently pursued to completion.

                                                                 Initials CJL
                                                                          HP
GROSS                                PAGE 70

<PAGE>

14.  Condemnation.  If the  Premises or any portion  thereof are taken under the
power of eminent  domain or sold under the threat of the  exercise of said power
(all of which are herein called  "condemnation"),  this Lease shall terminate as
to the part so taken as of the date  the  condemning  authority  takes  title or
possession,  whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of the floor
area of the Premises,  or more than  twenty-five  percent (25%) of the land area
not occupied by any building, is taken by condemnation,  Lessee may, at Lessee's
option,  to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Lessor shall have
given  Lessee  written  notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice,
within ten (10) days after the condeming  authority shall have taken possession)
terminate  this  Lease  as of the  date  the  condemning  authority  takes  such
possession.  If Lessee  does not  terminate  this Lease in  accordance  with the
foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of
the Premises  remaining,  except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same
proportion as the rentable  floor area of the Premises  taken bears to the total
rentable  floor area of the building  located on the  Premises.  No reduction of
Base Rent shall occur if the only portion of the Premises taken is land on which
there  is no  building.  Any  award  for the  taking  of all or any  part of the
Premises  under the power of eminent  domain or any payment made under threat of
the exercise of such power shall be the  property of Lessor,  whether such award
shall be made as  compensation  for  diminution in value of the leasehold or for
the taking of the fee, or as severance damages,  provided,  however, that Lessee
shall be entitled to any compensation  separately awarded to Lessee for Lessee's
relocation  expenses and/or loss of Lessee's Trade  Fixtures.  In the event that
this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the
extent of its net severance damages received, over and above the legal and other
expenses incurred by Lessor in the condemnation matter, repair any damage to the
Premises caused by such condemnation,  except to the extent that Lessee has been
reimbursed therefor by the condemning authority. Lessee shall be responsible for
the payment of any amount in excess of such net  severance  damages  required to
complete such repair.

15.  Broker's Fee.
     15.1 The Brokers named in Paragraph  1.10 are the procuring  causes of this
Lease.
     15.2 Upon execution of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to said
Brokers  jointly,  or in such separate shares as they may mutually  designate in
writing,  a fee as set forth in a separate written  agreement between Lessor and
said  Brokers (or in the event there is no separate  written  agreement  between
Lessor and said Brokers,  the sum of $ Sep.  Agreement)  for brokerage  services
rendered by said Brokers to Lessor in this transaction.
     15.3 Unless  Lessor and Brokers have  otherwise  agreed in writing,  Lessor
further agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option (as defined in Paragraph
39.1) or any Option  subsequently  granted which is substantially  similar to an
Option granted to Lessee in this Lease,  or (b) if Lessee acquires any rights to
the Premises or other premises  described in this Lease which are  substantially
similar to what  Lessee  would have  acquired  had an Option  herein  granted to
Lessee been  exercised,  or (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises,
with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of the term of this Lease after
having  failed to exercise an Option,  or (d) if said Brokers are the  procuring
cause of any other lease or sale entered into between the Parties  pertaining to
the Premises  and/or any adjacent  property in which Lessor has an interest,  or
(e) if  Base  Rent  is  increased,  whether  by  agreement  or  operation  of an
escalation clause herein, then as to any of said transactions,  Lessor shall pay
said Brokers a fee in accordance  with the schedule of said Brokers in effect at
the time of the execution of this Lease.
     15.4 Any buyer or  transferee of Lessor's  interest in this Lease,  whether
such  transfer is by agreement  or by operation of law,  shall be deemed to have
assumed  Lessor's  obligation  under this  Paragraph  15. Each Broker shall be a
third party  beneficiary of the provisions of this Paragraph 15 to the extent of
its  interest in any  commission  arising  from this Lease and may enforce  that
right directly against Lessor and its successors.
     15.5 Lessee and Lessor each  represent and warrant to the other that it has
had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers,
if any named in Paragraph 1.10) in connection with the negotiation of this Lease
and/or  the  consummation  of the  transaction  contemplated  hereby and that no
broker or other person, firm or entity other than said named Brokers is entitled
to any commission or finder's fee in connection  with said  transaction.  Lessee
and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other
harmless  from and against  liability for  compensation  or charges which may be
claimed by any such unnamed  broker,  finder or other similar party by reason of
any  dealings  or  actions  of the  indemnifying  Party,  including  any  costs,
expenses, attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.
     15.6  Lessor  and  Lessee   hereby   consent  to  and  approve  all  agency
relationships, including any dual agencies, indicated in Paragraph 1.10.

16.  Tenancy Statement.
     16.1 Each Party (as  "Responding  Party")  shall within ten (10) days after
written  notice  from  the  other  Party  (the   "Requesting   Party")  execute,
acknowledge  and deliver to the Requesting  Party a statement in writing in form
similar to the then most  current  "Tenancy  Statement"  form  published  by the
American Industrial Real Estate Association,  plus such additional  information,
confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably  requested by the Requesting
Party.
     16.2 If Lessor  desires to finance,  refinance,  or sell the Premises,  any
part thereof,  or the building of which the Premises are a part,  Lessee and all
Guarantors  of Lessee's  performance  hereunder  shall  deliver to any potential
lender or purchaser  designated  by Lessor such  financial  statements of Lessee
such  Guarantors  as may be  reasonably  required by such  lender or  purchaser,
including but not limited to Lessee's  financial  statements  for the past three
(3) years.  All such financial  statements  shall be received by Lessor and such
lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein
set forth.

17. Lessor's Liability. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean the owner or
owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises,  or, if this is
a  sublease,  of the  Lessee's  interest in the prior  lease.  In the event of a
transfer of Lessor's title or interest in the Premises or in this Lease,  Lessor
shall  deliver to the  transferee  or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused
Security  Deposit  held by Lessor at the time of such  transfer  or  assignment.
Except as  provided  in  Paragraph  15, upon such  transfer  or  assignment  and
delivery of the  Security  Deposit,  as  aforesaid,  the prior  Lessor  shall be
relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under
this Lease  thereafter to be performed by the Lessor.  Subject to the foregoing,
the  obligations,  and/or  covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor
shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18.  Severability.  The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined
by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.

19. Interest on Past-Due Obligations. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder,
other  than late  charges,  not  received  by  Lessor  within  thirty  (30) days
following  the  date  on  which  it  was  due,  shall  bear  interest  from  the
thirty-first  (31st)  day after it was due at the rate of 12% per annum, but not
exceeding  the  maximum  rate  allowed by law,  in  addition  to the late charge
provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

20. Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence with respect to the  performance of
all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

21.  Rent Defined. All monetary  obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms
of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22. No Prior or Other  Agreements;  Broker  Disclaimer.  This Lease contains all
agreements  between the Parties with respect to any matter  mentioned herein and
no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.
Lessor and Lessee each  represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made,
and is relying solely upon,  its own  investigation  as to the nature,  quality,
character and financial  responsibility  of the other Party to this Lease and as
to  the  nature,  quality  and  character  of  the  Premises.  Brokers  have  no
responsibility  with  respect  thereto or with  respect to any default or breach
hereof by either Party.

23.  Notices.
     23.1 All notices  required or  permitted  by this Lease shall be in writing
and may be delivered  in person (by hand or by messenger or courier  service) or
may be sent by regular,  certified or  registered  mail or U.S.  Postal  Service
Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile  transmission,  and shall be
deemed  sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23.
The addresses noted adjacent to a Party's  signature on this Lease shall be that
Party's address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes.  Either Party may by
written  notice to the other  specify a different  address for notice  purposes,
except that upon Lessee's taking possession of the Premises,  the Premises shall
constitute  Lessee's address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to
Lessee.  A copy of all  notices  required  or  permitted  to be given to  Lessor
hereunder  shall be  concurrently  transmitted  to such party or parties at such
addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter  designate by written notice
to Lessee.
     23.2 Any notice  sent by  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  shall be deemed  given on the date or delivery  shown on the receipt
card or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark  thereon.  If sent by regular
mail the notice shall be deemed given  forty-eight  (48) hours after the same is
addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid.  Notices delivered
by United  States  Express Mail or overnight  courier that  guarantees  next day
delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same
to the United States Postal Service or courier.  If any notice is transmitted by
facsimile  transmission  or similar  means,  the same shall be deemed  served or
delivered upon telephone  confirmation of receipt of the  transmission  thereof,
provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on
a Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers.  No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant
or  condition  hereof by  Lessee,  shall be deemed  a waiver of  any other term,
covenant or condition hereof,  or of any subsequent  Default or Breach by Lessee
of the same or of any other term,  covenant or condition hereof Lessor's consent
to, or  approval  of,  any act shall  not be  deemed to render  unnecessary  the
obtaining of Lessor's  consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act
by Lessee,  or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision
or  provisions  of this Lease  requiring  such  consent.  Regardless of Lessor's
knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time of accepting  rent,  the acceptance
of rent by Lessor  shall not be a waiver of any  preceding  Default of Breach by
Lessee of any  provision  hereof,  other  than the  failure of Lessee to pay the
particular rent so accepted.  Any payment given Lessor by Lessee may be accepted
by Lessor on  account  of moneys or  damages  due  Lessor,  notwithstanding  any
qualifying  statements  or conditions  made by Lessee in  connection  therewith,
which such statement and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever
unless  specifically  agreed to in  writing  by Lessor at or before  the time of
deposit of such payment.

25.  Recording.  Either  Lessor or Lessee  shall,  upon  request  of the  other,
execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to the other a short form  memorandum of this
Lease  for  recording  purposes.  The  Party  requesting  recordation  shall  be
responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.

                                                                 Initials CJL
                                                                          HP
GROSS                                PAGE 71

<PAGE>

26.  No Right To  Holdover.  Lessee  has no right to  retain  possession  of the
Premises or any part thereof  beyond the  expiration or earlier  termination  of
this Lease.

27.  Cumulative  Remedies.  No  remedy  or  election  hereunder  shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

28.  Covenants and  Conditions.  All  provisions of this Lease to be observed or
performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties,
their  personal  representatives,  successors and assigns and be governed by the
laws of the State in which the Premises are located.  Any litigation between the
Parties hereto  concerning  this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which
the Premises are located.

30.  Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.
     30.1  Subordination.  This Lease and any  Option  granted  hereby  shall be
subject and subordinate to any ground lease,  mortgage,  dead of trust, or other
hypothecation  or security  device  (collectively,  "Security  Device"),  now or
hereafter  placed by Lessor upon the real  property of which the  Premises are a
part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals,
modifications,  consolidations,  replacements  and  extensions  thereof.  Lessee
agrees that the Lenders  holding any such  Security  Device  shall have no duty,
liability or obligation to perform any of the  obligations  of Lessor under this
Lease,  but that in the  event of  Lessor's  default  with  respect  to any such
obligation,  Lessee  will  give any  Lender  whose  name and  address  have been
furnished  Lessee in writing for such  purpose  notice of  Lessor's  default and
allow such Lender thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice for the cure
of said default before  invoking any remedies Lessee may have by reason thereof.
If any Lender  shall elect to have this Lease and/or any Option  granted  hereby
superior  to the lien of its  Security  Device  and shall  give  written  notice
thereof to Lessee,  this Lease and such  Options  shall be deemed  prior to such
Security  Device,  notwithstanding  the relative dates of the  documentation  or
recordation thereof.
     30.2  Attornment.  Subject to the  non-disturbance  provisions of Paragraph
30.3,  Lessee  agrees to attorn  to a Lender  or any  other  party who  acquires
ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security  Device,  and
that in the event of such  foreclosure,  such new owner shall not: (i) be liable
for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events  occurring
prior to  acquisition  of ownership,  (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses
which  Lessee  might  have  against  any  prior  lessor,  or  (iii)  be bound by
prepayment of more than one (1) month's rent.
     30.3  Non-Disturbance.  With  respect to Security  Devices  entered into by
Lessor after the execution of this Lease,  Lessee's  subordination of this Lease
shall be subject to receiving assurance (a "non-distrubance agreement") from the
Lender that Lessee's possession and this Lease,  including any options to extend
the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof
and attorns to the record owner of the Premises.
     30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be
effective  without the  execution of any further  documents,  provided  however,
that,  upon written  request from Lessor or a Lender in connection  with a sale,
financing or refinancing  of the Premises,  Lessee and Lessor shall execute such
further writings as may be reasonably  required to separately  document any such
subordination or non-subordination,  attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement
as is provided for herein.

31.  Attorney's  Fees.  If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding to
enforce the terms hereof or declare rights  hereunder,  the Prevailing Party (as
hereafter defined) or Broker in any such proceeding,  action, or appeal thereon,
shall be entitled to reasonable attorney's fees. Such fees may be awarded in the
same  suit or  recovered  in a  separate  suit,  whether  or not such  action or
proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term "Prevailing Party" shall
include,  without  limitation,  a Party or Broker who  substantially  obtains or
defeats  the  relief  sought,  as  the  case  may  be,  whether  by  compromise,
settlement,  judgment,  or the  abandonment  by the other Party or Broker of its
claim or defense.  The  attorney's fee award shall not be computed in accordance
with any  court  fee  schedule,  but  shall be such as to  fully  reimburse  all
attorney's  fees  reasonably  incurred.  Lessor shall be entitled to  attorney's
fees,  costs and expenses  incurred in the preparation and service of notices of
Default and consultations in connection  therewith whether or not a legal action
is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach.

32. Lessor's Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall
have the right to enter the Premises at any time,  in the case of an  emergency,
and  otherwise  at  reasonable  times for the  purpose  of  showing  the same to
prospective  purchasers,  lenders,  or  lessees,  and making  such  alterations,
repairs,  improvements  or additions to the Premises or to the building of which
they are a Part of, as Lessor may reasonably  deem  necessary  Lessor may at any
time place on or about the Premises or building  any  ordinary  "For Sale" signs
and Lessor may at any time during the last one hundred  twenty (120) days of the
term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary "For Lease"  signs.  All
such  activities  of Lessor  shall be without  abatement of rent or liability to
Lessee.

33.  Auctions.  Lessees shall not conduct,  nor permit to be  conducted,  either
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having
obtained  Lessor's  prior  written  consent.  Notwithstanding  anything  of  the
contrary  in this  Lease. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard
reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34. Signs. Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises, except that Lessee
may, with Lessor's  prior  written  consent,  install (but not on the roof) such
signs  as are reasonably  required  to  advertise  Lessee's  own  business.  The
installation  of any sign on the  Premises by or for Lessee  shall be subject to
the  provisions of Paragraph 7  (Maintenance,  Repairs,  Utility  Installations,
Trade  Fixtures and  Alterations).  Unless  otherwise  expressly  agreed herein,
Lessor reserves all rights to the use of the roof and the right to install,  and
all revenues from the installation  of, such advertising  signs on the Premises,
including  the  roof,  as do not  unreasonably  interfere  with the  conduct  of
Lessee's business.

35.  Termination;  Merger.  Unless  specifically  stated otherwise in writing by
Lessor,  the  voluntary or other  surrender of this Lease by Lessee,  the mutual
termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach
by Lessee,  shall  automatically  terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the
Premises;  provided,  however, Lessor shall, in the event of any such surrender,
termination or  cancellation,  have the option to continue any one or all of any
existing subtenancies.  Lessor's failure within ten (10) days following any such
event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder
of any such lesser  interest,  shall constitute  Lessor's  election to have such
event constitute the termination of such interest.

36.  Consents.
         (a) Except for Paragraph 33 hereof (Auctions) or as otherwise  provided
herein,  wherever  in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by
or for the other  Party,  such  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or
delayed.  Lessor's  actual  reasonable  costs and  expenses  (including  but not
limited to  architects',  attorneys',  engineers'  or other  consultants'  fees)
incurred in the  consideration  of, or response  to, a request by Lessee for any
Lessor  consent  pertaining  to this Lease or the  Premises,  including  but not
limited to consents to an  assignment,  a subletting or the presence or use of a
Hazardous Substance, practice or storage tank, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor
upon receipt of an invoice and  supporting  documentation  therefor.  Subject to
Paragraph  12.2(e)  (applicable to assignment or  subletting),  Lessor may, as a
condition to considering any such request by Lessee, require that Lessee deposit
with Lessor an amount of money (in addition to the  Security  Deposit held under
Paragraph 5)  reasonably  calculated by Lessor to represent the cost Lessor will
incur in  considering  and responding to Lessee's  request.  Except as otherwise
provided, any unused portion of said deposit shall be refunded to Lessee without
interest. Lessor's consent to any act, assignment of this Lease or subletting of
the Premises by Lessee shall rot constitute an  acknowledgement  that no Default
or Breach by Lessee of this Lease  exists,  nor shall  such  consent be deemed a
waiver of any then  existing  Default  or  Breach,  except  as may be  otherwise
specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent.
         (b) All  conditions  to Lessor's  consent  authorized by this Lease are
acknowledged  by Lessee as being  reasonable. The  failure to specify herein any
particular  condition to Lessor's  consent shall not preclude the  imposition by
Lessor at the time of consent of such  further or other  conditions  as are then
reasonable  with reference to the  particular  matter for which consent is being
given.

37.  Guarantor. 
     37.1 If there are to be any  Guarantors of this Lease per  Paragraph  1.11,
the form of the guaranty to be executed by each such  Guarantor  shall be in the
form most recently published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association,
and each said  Guarantor  shall have the same  obligations  as Lessee under this
Lease,  including  but not  limited to the  obligation  to provide  the  Tenancy
Statement and information called for by Paragraph 16.
     37.2 It shall  constitute  a Default of the Lessee  under this Lease if any
such Guarantor fails or refuses,  upon reasonable  request by Lessor to give (a)
evidence  of the  due  execution  of the  guaranty  called  for by  this  Lease,
including  the  authority  of  the  Guarantor  (and  of  the  party  signing  on
Guarantor's  behalf) to obligate such Guarantor on said guaranty,  and including
in the case of a corporate  Guarantor,  a certified  copy of a resolution of its
board of directors  authorizing  the making of such  guaranty,  together  with a
certificate  of incumbency  showing the  signature of the persons  authorized to
sign on its behalf,  (b) current  financial  statements of Guarantor as may from
time to time be requested  by Lessor,  (c) a Tenancy  Statement,  or (d) written
confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38.  Quiet  Possession.  Upon payment by Lessee of the rent for the Premises and
the  observance  and  performance  of  all  of  the  covenants,  condition,  and
provisions  on Lessee's  part to be  observed  and  performed  under this Lease,
Lessee  shall have quiet  possession  of the Premises for the entire term hereof
subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

39.  Options.
     39.1  Definition.  As used in this  Paragraph 39 the word  "Option" has the
following  meaning:  (a) the right to extend  the term of this Lease or to renew
this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other  property of
Lessor;  (b) the right of first  refusal to lease the  Premises  or the right of
first offer to lease the  Premises or the right of first  refusal to lease other
property  of Lessor  or the  right of first  offer to lease  other  property  of
Lessor; (c) the right to purchase the premises, or the right of first refusal to
purchase the Premises,  or the right of first offer to purchase the Premises, or
the right to purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first refusal to
purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first offer to purchase other
property of Lessor.
     39.2 Options  Personal To Original Lessee. Each Option granted to Lessee in
this Lease is personal to the original Lessee named in Paragraph 1.1 hereof, and
cannot be  voluntarily or  involuntarily  assigned or exercised by any person or
entity other than said original Lessee while the original Lessee

                                                                 Initials CJL
                                                                          HP
GROSS                                PAGE 72

<PAGE>

is in full and actual  possession  of the Premises and without the  intention of
thereafter  assigning or  subletting.  The Options,  it any,  herein  granted to
Lessee are not  assignable,  either as a part of an  assignment of this Lease or
separately or apart therefrom, and no Option may be separated from this Lease in
any manner, by reservation or otherwise.
     39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any Multiple Options to
extend or renew this Lease, a later  Option cannot be exercised unless the prior
Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly exercised.
     39.4 Effect of Default on Options.
          (a) Lessee shall have no right  to exercise an Option, notwithstanding
any  provision  in the grant of Option to the  contrary;  (i)  during the period
commencing  with the giving of any notice of Default  under  Paragraph  13.1 and
continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time
any  monetary  obligation  due Lessor from Lessee is unpaid  (without  regard to
whether notice  thereof is given Lessee),  or (iii) during the time Lessee is in
Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee three
(3) or more notices of Default under Paragraph 13.1, whether or not the Defaults
are cured,  during  the  twelve  (12) month  period  immediately  preceding  the
exercise of the Option.
          (b) The period of time within which an Option may be  exercised  shall
not be  extended or  enlarged  by reason of  Lessee's  inability  to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).
          (c) All  rights of  Lessee  under the  provisions  of an Option  shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and
timely  exercise of the Option,  if, after such  exercise and during the term of
this Lease,  (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary  obligation  of Lessee
for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation  becomes due (without any
necessity  of Lessor to give notice  thereof to Lessee) ,or (ii) Lessor gives to
Lessee  three (3) of more  notices of Default  under  Paragraph  13.1 during any
twelve (12) month  period,  whether or not the Defaults  are cured,  or (iii) if
Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40.  Multiple  Buildings.  If the  Premises  are  part of a group  of  buildings
controlled by Lessor,  Lessee agrees that it will abide by, keep and observe all
reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the
management,  safety,  care,  and  cleanliness  of the  grounds,  the parking and
unloading of vehicles  and the  preservation  of good order,  as well as for the
convenience  of other  occupants  or tenants of such other  buildings  and their
invitees, and that Lessee will pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in
connection therewith.

41. Security  Measures.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges  that the rental payable to
Lessor  hereunder  does not include the cost of guard service or other  security
measures,  and that Lessor shall have no obligation  whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all  responsibility  for the protection of the Premises,  Lessee,
its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42. Reservations. Lessor reserves itself the right, from time to time, to grant,
without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and decications
that Lessor deems  necessary,  and to cause the  recordation  of parcel maps and
restrictions,   so  long  as  such  easements,  rights,  dedications,  maps  and
restrictions  do not  unreasonably  interfere  with the use of the  Premises  by
Lessee.  Lessee agrees to sign any documents  reasonably  requested by Lessor to
effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

43.  Performance  Under Protest.  If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall
have the right to make payment  "under  protest"  and such payment  shall not be
regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of
said Party to  institute  suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged
that there was no legal  obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or
any part  thereof,  said Party shall be entitled to recover  such sum or so much
thereof  as it was not  legally  required  to pay under the  provisions  of this
Lease.

44.  Authority.  If either Party hereto is a corporation,  trust,  or general or
limited  partnership,  each  individual  executing  this Lease on behalf of such
entity  represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and
deliver  this  Lease  on its  behalf.  If  Lessee  is a  corporation,  trust  or
partnership,  Lessee  shall,  within  thirty (30) days after  request by Lessor,
deliver to Lessor evidence satisfactory to Lessor of such authority.

45. Conflict.  Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the
typewritten or handwritten  provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or
handwritten provisions.

46. Offer.  Preparation of this Lease by Lessor or Lessor's agent and submission
of same to Lessee shall not be deemed an offer to lease to Lessee. This Lease is
not intended to be binding until executed by all Parties hereto.

47.  Amendments.  This  Lease may be  modified  only in  writing,  signed by the
parties in interest  at the time of the  modification.  The parties  shall amend
this  Lease from time to time to reflect  any  adjustments  that are made to the
Base  Rent or  other  rent  payable  under  this  Lease.  As long as they do not
materially  change  Lessees  obligations  hereunder,  Lessee agrees to make such
reasonable  non-monetary  modifications  to  this  Lease  as may  be  reasonably
required  by an  institutional,  insurance  company,  or pension  plan Lender in
connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the property
of which the Premises are a part.

48. Multiple  Parties.  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided herein, if more
than one  person or  entity  is named  herein  as  either  Lessor,  Lessee,  the
obligations   of  such   Multiple   Parties  shall  be  the  joint  and  several
responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE  CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND
PROVISION  CONTAINED  HEREIN,  AND BY THE  EXECUTION  OF THIS  LEASE  SHOW THEIR
INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY  CONSENT  THERETO.  THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE
TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE
AND  EFFECTUATE  THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE
PREMISE.

     IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN, IT HAS BEEN  PREPARED FOR  SUBMISSION  TO
     YOUR ATTORNEY FOR HIS  APPROVAL.  FURTHER,  EXPERTS  SHOULD BE CONSULTED TO
     EVALUATE  THE  CONDITION  OF THE  PROPERTY AS TO THE  POSSIBLE  PRESENCE OF
     ASBESTOS,  STORAGE  TANKS OR HAZARDOUS  SUBSTANCES.  NO  REPRESENTATION  OR
     RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN  INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE  ASSOCIATION
     OR BY THE REAL ESTATE  BROKER(S)  OR THEIR  AGENTS OR  EMPLOYEES  AS TO THE
     LEGAL  SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES  OF THIS LEASE OR THE
     TRANSACTION  TO WHICH IT RELATES;  THE  PARTIES  SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE
     ADVICE OF THEIR OWN  COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX  CONSEQUENCES  OF THIS
     LEASE. IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA,
     AN ATTORNEY  FROM THE  STATE  WHERE  THE  PROPERTY  IS  LOCATED  SHOULD  BE
     CONSULTED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place on the dates  specified
above to their respective signatures

Executed at Woodland Hills, CA         Executed at North Hollywood, CA
- -----------------------------------    --------------------------------------
on  June   , 1994                      on   June 2, 1994
- -----------------------------------    --------------------------------------
by LESSOR:                             by LESSEE:
           HAROLD PEASE                  FLIGHTWAYS MANUFACTURING, INC.
- -----------------------------------    --------------------------------------
                                         A California Corporation
- -----------------------------------    --------------------------------------
By     /s/ Harold Pease                By
- -----------------------------------    --------------------------------------
Name Printed:   Harold Pease           Name Printed:  Chris Luhnow
- -----------------------------------    --------------------------------------
Title:   Owner                         Title:  President
- -----------------------------------    --------------------------------------

By                                     By
- -----------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
Name Printed:                          Name Printed:
- -----------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
Title:                                 Title:
- -----------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
Address: 20600 Oaksboro Circle         Address: 11130 Sherman Way
- -----------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
         Woodland Hills, CA 91364               North Hollywood, CA 91352
- -----------------------------------    ---------------------------------------
Tel.No.(818)_____ Fax No.(  )______    Tel.No.(818)503-6400 Fax No.( )________


GROSS                                PAGE 

        NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing  requirements of
        law and  industry  needs.  Always  write  or call to make  sure  you are
        utilizing  the  most  current  form:  American  Industrial  Real  Estate
        Association,  345 South  Figueroa  Street,  Suite M-1, Los  Angeles,  CA
        90071. (213) 687-8777. Fax. No. (213) 687-8616.


       (C) Copyright 1990-By American Industrial Real Estate Association.
               All rights reserved. No part of these works may be
              reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

                                                               FORM 105G-R-12/91
                                       73
<PAGE>

                               RENT ADJUSTMENT(S)

                                  ADDENDUM TO
                                 STANDARD LEASE

          Dated May 16, 1994
          By and Between (Lessor) HAROLD PEASE
                         (Lessee) FLIGHTWAYS MANUFACTURING, INC.
                                  A California Corporation

          Property Address:  7660 Densmore Avenue, Van Nuys, CA 91406

Paragraph 49

A.   RENT ADJUSTMENTS:

     The monthly rent for each month of the adjustment period(s) specified below
shall be increased using the method(s) indicated below:

(Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

[X]  1.    Cost of Living Adjustment(s)(COL)

     (a) On (Fill in COL Adjustment  Date(s):  December 1, 1995 and June 1, 1997
and December 1, ____ the monthly rent payable under  paragraph 1.5 ("Base Rent")
of the  attached  Lease shall be adjusted by the change,  if any,  from the Base
Month  specified  below,  in the  Consumer  Price  index of the  Bureau of Labor
Statistics  of the U.S.  Department  of Labor for (select  one): [ ] CPIW (Urban
Wage Earners and Clerical Workers) or [X] CPIU )All Urban Consumers),  for (Fill
in Urban Area) Los Angeles - Anaheim - Riverside. All Items (1982-1984 = 100), 
herein referred to as "C.P.I."

     (b) The monthly rent payable in  accordance  with  paragraph  A1(a) of this
Addendum shall be calculated as follows the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5
of the attached Lease,  shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which
shall be the C.P.I.  of the calendar month 2 (two) months prior to the months(s)
specified  in  paragraph  A1(a) above  during  which the  adjustment  is to take
effect,  and the  denominator of which shall be the C.P.I. of the calendar month
which is two (2) months prior to (select  one):  [X] the first month of the term
of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 ("Base Month") or [ ] (Fill in Other
"Base Month");  N/A. The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent
hereunder,  but in no event,  shall any such new  monthly  rent be less than the
rent payable for the month immediately preceding the date for rent adjustment.

     (c) In the event the compilation  and/or publication of the C.P.I. shall be
transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be
discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the C.P.I. shall be used to
make such calculation.  In the event that Lessor and Lessee cannot agree on such
alternative  index,  then the matter  shall be  submitted  for  decision  to the
American  Arbitration  Association  in  accordance  with the then  rules of said
association  and the  decision  of the  arbitrators  shall be  binding  upon the
parties.  The cost of said  Arbitrators  shall be paid  equally  by  Lessor  and
Lessee.



Initials: _______                                                  Initials: CJL
          _______                                                            HP

                               RENT ADJUSTMENT(S)
                                     Page 74

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing  requirements of law and
        industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you  are utilizing the
        most  current form.  American  Industrial Real Estate  Association,  345
        South Figueroa Street, Suite M-1, Los Angeles, CA 90071. (213) 687-8777.
        Fax No. (213) 687-8616.

Copyright American Industrial Real Estate Association.

<PAGE>





                         [THIS IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK]





Initials: _______                                                  Initials: CJL
          _______                                                            HP

                               RENT ADJUSTMENT(S)
                                     Page 75

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing  requirements of law and
        industry needs.  Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the
        most  current form.  American  Industrial  Real Estate Association,  345
        South Figueroa Street, Suite M-1, Los Angeles, CA 90071. (213) 687-8777.
        Fax No. (213) 687-8616.

Copyright American Industrial Real Estate Association.


<PAGE>


                               OPTION(S) TO EXTEND

                                  ADDENDUM TO
                                 STANDARD LEASE

          Dated May 16, 1994
          By and Between (Lessor) HAROLD PEASE
                         (Lessee) FLIGHTWAYS MANUFACTURING, INC.
                                  A California Corporation

          Property Address:  7660 Densmore Avenue, Van Nuys, CA 91406

Paragraph 50

A.     OPTION(S) TO EXTEND:

       Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to extend the term of the Lease
for 1  additional  60 month period  commencing  when the prior term expires upon
each and all of the following terms and conditions.

 (i) Lessee  gives to Lessor,  and Lessor  actually  receives on a date which is
prior to the date that the option  period would  commence (if  exercised)  by at
least four and not more than six months, a written notice of the exercise of the
option(s)  to extend  this  Lease for said  additional  term(s),  time  being of
essence.  If said notification of the exercise of said option(s) is (are) not so
given and received, the option(s) shall automatically expire; said option(s) may
(if more than one) only be exercised consecutively;

(ii) The provisions of paragraph 39, including the provision relating to default
of Lessee  set forth in  paragraph  39.4 of this  Lease  are  conditions  of the
Option;

 (iii) All of the terms and  conditions of this Lease except where  specifically
modified by this option shall apply;

 (iv) The monthly rent for each month of the option  period shall be  calculated
as follows, using the method(s) indicated below:

(Check Method(s) to be Used and Fill in Appropriately)

[X]    1.   Cost of Living Adjustment(s)(COL)

       (a) On (Fill in COL  Adjustment  Date(s):  August,  1, 1999,  February 1,
2001,  August 1,  2002 and  February  1, 2004 the  monthly  rent  payable  under
paragraph  1.5 ("Base  Rent") of the  attached  Lease  shall be  adjusted by the
change, if any, from the Base Month specified below, in the Consumer Price index
of the Bureau of Labor  Statistics  of the U.S.  Department of Labor for (select
one): [ ] CPIW (Urban Wage Earners and Clerical  Workers) or [X] CPIU )All Urban
Consumers),  for (Fill in Urban  Area) Los  Angeles - Anaheim -  Riverside.  All
Items (1982-1984 = 100), herein referred to as "C.P.I."

      (b) The monthly rent payable in accordance  with  paragraph  A1(a) of this
Addendum shall be calculated as follows the Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.5
of the attached Lease,  shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which
shall be the C.P.I.  of the calendar month 2 (two) months prior to the months(s)
specified  in  paragraph  A1(a) above  during  which the  adjustment  is to take
effect,  and the  denominator of which shall be the C.P.I. of the calendar month
which is two (2) months prior to (select  one):  [X] the first month of the term
of this Lease as set forth in paragraph 1.3 ("Base Month") or [ ] (Fill in Other
"Base Month");  N/A. The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent
hereunder,  but in no event,  shall any such new  monthly  rent be less than the
rent payable for the month immediately preceding the date for rent adjustment.

      (c) In the event the compilation and/or publication of the C.P.I. shall be
transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be
discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the C.P.I. shall be used to
make such calculation.  In the event that Lessor and Lessee cannot agree on such
alternative  index,  then the matter  shall be  submitted  for  decision  to the
American  Arbitration  Association  in  accordance  with the then  rules of said
association  and the  decision  of the  arbitrators  shall be  binding  upon the
parties.  The cost of said  Arbitrators  shall be paid  equally  by  Lessor  and
Lessee.


Initials: _______                                                  Initials: CJL
          _______                                                            HP

                               OPTIONS(S) TO EXTEND
                                     Page 76

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing  requirements of law and
        industry needs.  Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the
        most  current form.  American  Industrial  Real Estate  Association, 345
        South Figueroa Street, Suite M-1, Los Angeles, CA 90071. (213) 687-8777.
        Fax No. (213) 687-8616.

Copyright American Industrial Real Estate Association.

<PAGE>







                         [THIS IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK]








Initials: _______                                                  Initials: CJL
          _______                                                            HP

                               OPTIONS(S) TO EXTEND
                                     Page 77

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing  requirements of law and
        industry needs.  Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the
        most  current form.  American  Industrial  Real Estate  Association, 345
        South Figueroa Street, Suite M-1, Los Angeles, CA 90071. (213) 687-8777.
        Fax No. (213) 687-8616.

Copyright American Industrial Real Estate Association.
<PAGE>


                                    ADDENDUM

ADDENDUM TO THE LEASE DATED MAY 16, 1994, BY AND BETWEEN  HAROLD PEASE AS LESSOR
AND  FLIGHTWAYS  MANUFACTURING,  INC. AS LESSEE FOR THE  PREMISES  KNOWN AS 7660
DENSMORE AVENUE, VAN NUYS, CA 91406.

49.  COST OF LIVING ADJUSTMENTS: See Addendum #49 attached hereto.

50.  OPTION TO EXTEND: See Addendum #50 attached hereto.

51.  CONDITION  AND  AVAILABILITY  OF  ELECTRICAL  SERVICES:   Lessee  is  given
     possession  of the  Premises  with  the  understanding  that  all  existing
     electrical  services may contain  amperage and power  services panel within
     the Premises and/or on the marketing brochures prepared by Broker. However,
     Broker is unable to confirm,  guarantee or substantiate  that such amperage
     or power services are located  within such  electrical  service  panel,  or
     supply to the subject  service,  and Lessee  agrees to confirm the presence
     and/or  the   availability  of  such  electrical   services  with  Lessee's
     electrical  contractor  and/or with the City of Los Angeles or The Southern
     California Edison Company, or such applicable utilities service company and
     shall   hold   Broker's   harmless   from  any  such   electrical   service
     insufficiencies that may exist.

52.  SECURITY  DEPOSIT  REBATE:  Provided Lessee is not then, or has not been in
     default or any obligation, term or condition under this Lease, Lessor shall
     apply one (1) month of the Security Deposit to the thirteenth  (13th) month
     Base Rent and one (1) month to the twenty-fifth (25th) month Base Rent.

53.  LESSOR UTILIZATION OF METAL BUILDING: For the Term hereof, or any extension
     thereof,  Lessor  shall  retain for its own use a 20' x 20'  portion of the
     metal  building on the east side of the Premises  (the  subject  portion is
     demised  form the balance of the  building).  Lessor is granted full access
     without limitation  vis-a-vis time or days of the week and a locking system
     will be arranged to allow both Parties access at all times.

54.  NOTICE  TO OWNERS  AND  PROSPECTIVE  TENANTS  AND  BUYERS OF REAL  PROPERTY
     REGARDING THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT

     a.   Please be  advised that  an owner or  tenant of real  property  may be
          subject to the Americans  With  Disabilities  Act (ADA), a Federal Law
          codified at 42 USC Section 12101 et seq. Among other  requirements  of
          the ADA  that  could  apply  to your  property,  Title  III of the ADA
          requires  owners  and  tenants of  "public  accommodations"  to remove
          barriers to access by disabled  persons and provide  auxiliary aid and
          services for hearing, vision or speech impaired persons by January 26,
          1992.  The  regulations  under Title III of the ADA are codified at 28
          CFR Part 36.

     b.   We  recommend  that  you  and  your  attorney  review  the ADA and the
          regulations,  and, if  appropriate,  your  proposed  lease or purchase
          agreement, to determine if this law would apply to you, and the nature
          of the requirements.  These are legal issues.  You are responsible for
          condusting your own independent  investigation of these issues. Delphi
          Business Properties cannot give you legal advice on these issues.

     c.   Lessee shall be  responsible,  at it's sole cost and expense,  for any
          and all required alterations to the Premises causes by Lessee's use or
          actions.

                                                                  Initials: CJL
                                                                            HP

                                       78
<PAGE>

55.  NOTICE  TO  BUYERS,  TENANTS  AND  OWNERS  CONCERNING  HAZARDOUS  WASTES OR
     SUBSTANCES AND UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS:

                 THIS IS AN IMPORTANT NOTICE - READ IT CAREFULLY

     a.   Under recently  passed  Federal  and State  laws  governing  the  use,
          storage, handling, cleanup, removal and disposal of "hazardous  wastes
          or  substances",  an owner,  buyer,  tenant  and  other  users of real
          property  can be held  responsible  for the cost to clean up hazardous
          wastes,  for the  payment of damages and for the  modification  of the
          real  property to conform  with  environmental safety  standards  (for
          example:  the  removal of  asbestos  and the  closure  of  underground
          storage tanks. "Hazardous wastes  and substances" includes, but is not
          limited to: any petroleum based products,  paints and solvents,  lead,
          cyanide,  DDT, printing inks, acids,  pesticides,  ammonium compounds,
          asbestos, PCBs and toxic chemical products.

     b.   Since these laws  affect every kind of real property, it  is essential
          that  legal and  technical  advice  be  obtained  by you to  determine
          whether the laws have been complied  with,  and what, if anything,  is
          required  to be done  in  connection  with  the  proposed  transaction
          involving  the  real  property  described  above,  to  minimized  your
          liability.  Such professionals as attorneys,  engineers and geologists
          specializing in toxic waste matters are among those you should consult
          to obtain a clear  understanding of the condition of the real property
          and your rights and  obligations  under the  hazardous  waster laws in
          connection with this transaction.

WE STRONGLY RECOMMEND THAT YOU RETAIN LEGAL,  ENGINEERING AND GEOLOGICAL EXPERTS
TO  ADVISE   YOU AS  WILL AS ANY  OTHER  EXPERTS  WHICH  YOU OR  THEY  MAY  DEEM
APPROPRIATE.

     c.   Please note that Broker  must disclose to  all prospective  parties to
          this  transaction  any knowledge we actually  possess  concerning  the
          condition of the real  property  described  above and the existence of
          hazardous  wastes,  substances,  or  underground  storage tanks on the
          property.  In addition,  Broker nor any of its employees or agents has
          made any investigations or obtained reports regarding the condition of
          the property or the past or present  existence of hazardous  wastes or
          substances on the property.

     d.   Therefore, for the purposes of this transaction, Broker nor any of its
          employees or agents makes any  representation to any prospective buyer
          or tenant concerning the condition of the property or the existence or
          nonexistence of hazardous wastes or substances, or underground storage
          tanks on the property.

     e.   If you own the real property described above, you are  hereby notified
          that prospective purchasers or tenants may feel that the potential for
          liability for remedial costs  necessitates an  environmental  audit or
          investigation of the  property  prior to closing in order to  discover
          whether the nature and/or quantity of, existence,  use, manufacture or
          effect of any hazardous  substances on the property renders it subject
          to Federal, State or local regulation,  investigation,  remediation or
          removal as potentially  injurious to public health or welfare.  Broker
          hereby  disclaims  any  liability for damages to you stemming from the
          initiation, completion or result of any such investigation.


                                                                  Initials: CJL
                                                                          HP
                                       79

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          FIELDS AIRCRAFT SPARES, INC.

        STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
        --------------------------------------------------------------

                                                        Year Ended           Year Ended                Year Ended
                                                       December 31,          December 31,             December 31,
                                                           1997                  1996                     1995
                                                       ------------          -----------              ------------
<S>                                                 <C>                       <C>                   <C>
Additional common shares if
  preferred convertible option
  is exercised:
    25% of common shares
    outstanding at date of
    conversion                                                                     514,220                355,625

Number of common shares
  outstanding at the beginning
  of the year                                            1,302,137                 984,352                944,352

Total weighted average common
  share equivalents at the end of
  the year (primary)                                     2,262,578               1,840,543              1,312,469

Total weighted average common
  share equivalents at the end
  of the year (fully-diluted)                            2,325,078               1,840,543              1,312,469

Net income (loss)                                  $      (147,000)           $   (242,000)          $  4,547,000

Primary earnings (loss) per share                  $          (.07)           $       (.13)          $       3.47

Fully-diluted earnings (loss) per
     share                                         $          (.06)           $       (.13)          $       3.47
</TABLE>
                                       80



                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT



SUBSIDIARY                                               STATE OF INCORPORATION
- ----------                                               ----------------------

Fields Aircraft Spares Incorporated                      California

Fields Aero Management, Inc.                             California

Flightways Manufacturing, Inc.                           California


Each of the  subsidiaries  listed  above is a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the
Company, except that the Company owns over 99% of Flightways Manufacturing, Inc.

                                       81

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                           6,071,000
<SECURITIES>                                             0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    2,055,000
<ALLOWANCES>                                       100,000
<INVENTORY>                                     11,058,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                19,275,000
<PP&E>                                           1,840,000
<DEPRECIATION>                                     830,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  22,181,000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            1,535,000
<BONDS>                                         15,047,000
                                    0
                                              0
<COMMON>                                           351,000
<OTHER-SE>                                       5,248,000
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    22,181,000
<SALES>                                         12,101,000
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                12,101,000
<CGS>                                            7,214,000
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    7,214,000
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 3,349,000
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                         0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,676,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                   (138,000)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         9,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                               (147,000)
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0
<CHANGES>                                                0
<NET-INCOME>                                      (147,000)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                         (.07)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                         (.06)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission